Attached files

file filename
EX-21.1 - EXHIBIT 21.1 - DOUGLAS DYNAMICS, INCa2196201zex-21_1.htm
EX-23.2 - EXHIBIT 23.2 - DOUGLAS DYNAMICS, INCa2196201zex-23_2.htm

Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2010

Registration Number 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



DOUGLAS DYNAMICS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware   3531   134275891
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

7777 North 73rd Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233
(414) 354-2310
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's of principal executive offices)

James L. Janik
President and Chief Executive Officer
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
7777 North 73rd Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233
(414) 354-2310
(Name, address and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Bruce D. Meyer
Ari B. Lanin
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
333 South Grand Avenue
Los Angeles, CA 90071
(213) 229-7000
  Gregg A. Noel
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
300 South Grand Avenue
Los Angeles, CA 90071
(213) 687-5000



As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
(Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public)

          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

  Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Stock, $.01 par value

  $150,000,000   $10,695

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee, in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2)
Includes offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase. See "Underwriting."

          THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED             , 2010

             Shares

GRAPHIC

Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Common Stock



        This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are selling              shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are selling              shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $             and $             per share. We will apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "            ."

        The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to            additional shares from us and an aggregate of            additional outstanding shares from the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments of shares.

        Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15.

 
  Price to
Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
  Proceeds to
Douglas
Dynamics
Holdings, Inc.
  Proceeds to
to Selling
Stockholders
 
Per Share   $     $     $     $    
Total   $     $     $     $    

        Delivery of the shares of our common stock will be made on or about             , 2010.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Credit Suisse   Oppenheimer & Co.

Baird

 

Piper Jaffray

The date of this prospectus is             , 2010.


Table of Contents

ARTWORK


Table of Contents




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

  12

RISK FACTORS

  15

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  28

USE OF PROCEEDS

  29

DIVIDEND POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS

  30

CAPITALIZATION

  33

DILUTION

  35

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  36

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  38

BUSINESS

  59

MANAGEMENT AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS

  74

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  80

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

  97

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  100

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

  106

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  108

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  111

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

  113

UNDERWRITING

  117

NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

  121

LEGAL MATTERS

  122

EXPERTS

  122

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  122

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1



        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. The information in this prospectus may only be accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation.

        Information contained in this prospectus concerning the snow and ice control equipment industry for pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles, which we refer to as "light trucks" in this prospectus, our general expectations concerning this industry and our market positions and other market share data regarding this industry are based on estimates our management prepared using end-user surveys, anecdotal data from our distributors and distributors that carry our competitors' products, our results of operations and management's past experience, and on assumptions made by our management, based on its knowledge of this industry, all of which we believe to be reasonable. These estimates and assumptions are inherently subject to uncertainties and may prove to be inaccurate. In addition, we have not independently verified the information from any third-party source, although management also believes such information to be reasonable.

        "WESTERN," "FISHER" and "BLIZZARD" and their respective logos are trademarks. Solely for convenience, from time to time we refer to our trademarks in this prospectus without the ® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks.


Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

        Until            , 2010 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.





Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

        The following summary should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information and financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. For a more complete understanding of this offering, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus, including the "Risk Factors" section, before making an investment in our common stock.

        In this prospectus, unless the context indicates otherwise: "Douglas Dynamics," the "Company," "we," "our," "ours" or "us" refers to Douglas Dynamics, Inc. (formerly known as Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation ("Douglas Holdings"), the issuer of the common stock being offered hereby, and its subsidiaries; the "Aurora Entities" refers to Aurora Equity Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and Aurora Overseas Equity Partners II, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempt limited partnership; "Ares" refers to Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership; our "principal stockholders" refers to the Aurora Entities and Ares, collectively; and the "selling stockholders" refer to our principal stockholders together with certain co-investors who will be selling shares of our common stock in this offering as described in "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

Our Company

        We are the North American leader in the design, manufacture and sale of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, which consists of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, and related parts and accessories. We sell our products under the WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® brands which are among the most established and recognized in the industry. We believe that in 2009 our share of the light truck snow and ice control equipment market was greater than 50%. In the first nine months of 2009, we generated net sales, Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in "—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data") and net income of $125.2 million, $28.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively. See "—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" for a discussion of why management uses Adjusted EBITDA to measure our financial performance, and a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA.

        We offer the broadest and most complete product line of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders for light trucks in the U.S. and Canadian markets. Our snowplows use custom-designed mounts which allow each of our snowplow models to be used on a variety of light truck brands and models. In addition, we manufacture a broad portfolio of hopper and tailgate-mounted sand and salt spreaders that are used for snow and ice control on driveways, roads and parking lots. We also provide a full range of related parts and accessories, which generates an ancillary revenue stream throughout the lifecycle of our snow and ice control equipment. The following charts highlight our net sales by product type and brand for the nine months ended September 30, 2009:

Net Sales by Product Type   Net Sales by Brand

GRAPHIC

 

GRAPHIC

        We sell our products through a distributor network primarily to professional snowplowers who are contracted to remove snow and ice from commercial, municipal and residential areas. Because of the short snow season (which we calculate as running from October 1 through March 31), unpredictability of snowfall events and the difficult weather conditions under which our end-users operate, our

1


Table of Contents


end-users have a fairly limited time frame in which to generate income. Accordingly, our end-users demand a high degree of quality, reliability and service. Over the last 50 years, we have engendered exceptional customer loyalty for our products because of our ability to satisfy the stringent demands of our customers. As a result, we believe our installed base is the largest in the industry with over 500,000 snowplows and sand and salt spreaders in service. Because sales of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders are primarily driven by the need of our core end-user base to replace worn existing equipment, we believe our substantial installed base provides us with a high degree of predictable sales over any extended period of time.

        We believe we have the industry's most extensive North American distributor network, which primarily consists of over 720 truck equipment distributors who purchase directly from us located throughout the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as all provinces of Canada). We have longstanding relationships with many of our distributors, with an average tenure of 15 years. Beginning in 2005, we began to extend our reach to international markets, establishing distribution relationships in Northern Europe and Asia, where we believe meaningful growth opportunities exist. A breakdown of our distributor base is reflected in the table below:


Distributors by Region

GRAPHIC

Note:
Distribution not represented on map includes China (1), Finland (2), Korea (1), Scotland (1), Northern Ireland (1), and Australia (1).

        We believe we are the industry's most operationally efficient manufacturer due to our vertical integration, highly variable cost structure and intense focus on lean manufacturing. We continually seek to use lean principles to reduce costs and increase the efficiency of our manufacturing operations. From 2002 to 2008, we have increased our gross profit per unit by approximately 3.0% per annum, compounded annually. While we currently manufacture our products in three facilities that we own in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Rockland, Maine and Johnson City, Tennessee, we have improved our manufacturing efficiency to the point that we will be closing our Johnson City, Tennessee facility effective mid-2010. We expect that the closing of this facility will yield estimated cost savings of approximately $4 million annually, with no anticipated reduction in production capacity. Furthermore, our manufacturing efficiency allows us to deliver desired products quickly to our customers during times of sudden and unpredictable snowfall events, when our customers need our products immediately.

2


Table of Contents


Our ability to deliver products on a rapid and efficient basis through lean manufacturing allows us to both better serve our existing customer base and capture new customers from competitors who we believe cannot service their customers' needs with the same speed and reliability.

Our Industry

        The light truck snow and ice control equipment industry in North America consists predominantly of domestic participants that manufacture their products in North America. Snowplow sales account for a significant portion of snow and ice control equipment sales for light trucks, with sand and salt spreader sales accounting for a lesser portion. The annual demand for snow and ice control equipment is driven primarily by the replacement cycle of the existing installed base, which is predominantly a function of the average life of a snowplow or spreader and is driven by usage and maintenance practices of the end-user. We believe actively-used snowplows are typically replaced, on average, every 7 to 8 years.

        The primary factor influencing the replacement cycle for snow and ice control equipment is the level, timing and location of snowfall. Sales of snow and ice control equipment in any given year and region are most heavily influenced by local snowfall levels in the prior snow season. Heavy snowfall during a given winter causes equipment usage to increase, resulting in greater wear and tear and shortened life cycles, thereby creating a need for replacement equipment and additional parts and accessories. Moreover, in our experience, the timing of snowfall in a given winter also influences our end-users' decision-making process. Because an early snowfall can be viewed as a sign of a heavy upcoming snow season, our end-users may respond to an early snowfall by purchasing replacement snow and ice control equipment earlier than they otherwise might have. Alternatively, light snowfall during a given winter season may cause equipment usage to decrease, extending its useful life, and delaying replacement equipment purchases.

        While snowfall levels vary within a given year and from year-to-year, snowfall, and the corresponding replacement cycle of snow and ice control equipment, is relatively consistent over multi-year periods. The following chart depicts aggregate annual and eight-year (based on the typical life of our snowplows) rolling average of the aggregate snowfall levels in 66 cities in 26 snowbelt states across the Northeast, East, Midwest and Western United States where we monitor snowfall levels) from 1980 to 2009. As the chart indicates, since 1982 aggregate snowfall levels in any given rolling eight-year period have been fairly consistent, ranging from 2,742 to 3,295 inches.


Snowfall in Snowbelt States (inches)
(for October 1 through March 31)

GRAPHIC

Note: The 8-year rolling average snowfall is not presented prior to 1982 for purposes of the calculation due to lack of snowfall data prior to 1975.

Source: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Weather Service.

        The demand for snow and ice control equipment can also be influenced by general economic conditions in the United States, as well as local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions in North America. In stronger economic conditions, our end-users may choose to replace or upgrade existing equipment before its useful life has ended, while in weak economic conditions, our end-users may seek

3


Table of Contents


to extend the useful life of equipment, thereby increasing the sales of parts and accessories. However, since snow and ice control management is a non-discretionary service necessary to ensure public safety and continued personal and commercial mobility in populated areas that receive snowfall, end-users cannot extend the useful life of snow and ice control equipment indefinitely and must replace equipment that has become too worn, unsafe or unreliable, regardless of economic conditions.

        Sales of parts and accessories for 2008 were approximately 85% higher than average annual parts and accessories sales over the preceding ten years, which management believes is a result of the deferral of new equipment purchases due to the recent economic downturn. Although sales of snow and ice control units increased in 2008 as compared to 2007, management believes that absent the recent economic downturn, equipment sales in 2008 would have been considerably higher due to the high levels of snowfall during the year, as equipment unit sales in 2008 remained below the ten-year average, while snowfall levels in 2008 were considerably above the ten-year average. Management believes this deferral of new equipment purchases could result in an elevated multi-year replacement cycle as the economy recovers.

        Long-term growth in the overall snow and ice control equipment market also results from geographic expansion of developed areas in the snowbelt regions of North America, as well as consumer demand for technological enhancements in snow and ice control equipment and related parts and accessories that improves efficiency and reliability. Continued construction in the snowbelt regions in North America increases the aggregate area requiring snow and ice removal, thereby growing the market for snow and ice control equipment. In addition, the development and sale of more reliable, more efficient and more sophisticated product has contributed to an approximate 2% to 4% average unit price increase in each of the past five years.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We are the North American market leader in snow and ice control equipment for light trucks with what we believe to be an industry leading installed base of over 500,000 snowplows and sand and salt spreaders in service. We compete solely with other North American manufacturers who do not benefit from our extensive distributor network, manufacturing efficiencies and depth and breadth of products. As the market leader, we enjoy a set of competitive advantages versus smaller, more regionally-focused equipment providers which allows us to generate robust cash flows in all snowfall environments and to support continued investment in our products, distribution capabilities and brand regardless of annual volume fluctuations. We believe this advantage is rooted in the following competitive strengths and reinforces our industry leadership over time.

        Exceptional Customer Loyalty and Brand Equity.    Our brands enjoy exceptional customer loyalty and brand equity in the snow and ice control equipment industry with both end-users and distributors. We have developed this exceptional loyalty through over 50 years of superior innovation, productivity, reliability and support, consistently delivered season after season. We believe many of our end-users are second and third generation owners of our snow and ice control equipment. Our surveys find that past brand experience, rather than price, is the key factor impacting snowplow purchasing decisions. Because a professional snowplower can typically recoup the cost of a plow within a very short period of time, and in some cases, as a result of one major snowfall event, we believe quality, reliability and functionality are more important factors in our end-users' purchasing decisions than price. For example, our end-user survey found that less than 10% of commercial end-users cite price as a key factor in their purchase decision.

        Broadest and Most Innovative Product Offering.    We provide the industry's broadest product offering with a full range of snowplows, sand and salt spreaders and related parts and accessories. We believe we maintain the industry's largest and most advanced in-house new product development program, historically introducing several new and redesigned products each year. Our broad product offering and

4


Table of Contents


commitment to new product development is essential to maintaining and growing our leading market share position as well as continuing to increase the profitability of our business. We believe we have introduced or redesigned more efficient and productive products over the last five years (including the redesigned Fisher and Western V Plows in 2006 and the Fisher and Western Power Plows in 2007) than any of our competitors, driving increased value for our customers. Our products are covered by over 40 issued or pending U.S. and Canadian patents related to snow and ice control equipment technologies and other important product features and designs.

        Extensive North American Distributor Network.    We benefit from having the most extensive North American direct distributor network in the industry, providing a significant competitive advantage over our peers. We have over 720 direct distributor relationships which provide us with the ability to reach end-users throughout North America to achieve geographic diversification of sales that helps insulate us from annual variations in regional snowfall levels. Our distributors function not only as sales and support agents (providing access to parts and service), but also as industry partners providing real-time end-user information, such as retail inventory levels, changing consumer preferences or desired functionality enhancements, which we use as the basis for our product development efforts. We believe a majority of our distributors choose to sell our products exclusively, even though few are contractually required to do so. Despite the importance of our distributor network as a whole, no one distributor represents more than 5% of our net sales.

        Leader in Operational Efficiency.    We believe we are a leader in operational efficiency, resulting from our application of lean manufacturing principles and a highly variable cost structure. By utilizing lean principles, we are able to adjust production levels easily to meet fluctuating demand, while controlling costs in slower periods. This operational efficiency is supplemented by our highly variable cost structure, driven in part by our access to a sizable temporary workforce (comprising approximately 10-15% of our total workforce), which we can quickly adjust, as needed. As a result of our operational efficiency, we have increased our gross profit per unit by approximately 3.0% per annum, compounded annually, from 2002 to 2008. The upcoming closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility, which we believe will save us approximately $4 million annually without a loss of production capacity, demonstrates the success of our lean initiatives. These manufacturing efficiencies enable us to respond rapidly to urgent customer demand during times of sudden and unpredictable snowfalls, allowing us to provide exceptional service to our existing customer base and capture new customers from competitors who we believe cannot service their customers' needs with the same speed and reliability.

        Strong Cash Flow Generation.    We are able to generate significant cash flow as a result of relatively consistent high profitability (Adjusted EBITDA margins averaged 27.3% from 2004 to 2008), low capital spending requirements and predictable timing of our working capital requirements. We have historically been able to pass through increases in raw material prices, including steel surcharges when necessary, to maintain our profitability. Our cash flow results will also benefit substantially from approximately $18 million of annual tax-deductible intangible and goodwill expense over the next ten years, which has the impact of reducing our corporate taxes owed by approximately $6.7 million on an annual basis. Our significant cash flow has allowed us to reinvest in our business, reduce indebtedness and pay substantial dividends to our stockholders.

        Experienced Management Team.    We believe our business benefits from an exceptional management team that is responsible for establishing our leadership in the snow and ice control equipment industry for light trucks. Our senior management team, consisting of four officers, has an average of approximately 19 years of weather-related industry experience and an average of approximately 10 years with our company. James Janik, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has been with us for over 17 years and in his current role since 2000, and through his strategic vision, we have been able to expand our distributor network and grow our market leading position.

5


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy

        Our business strategy is to capitalize on our competitive strengths to maximize cash flow to pay dividends, reduce indebtedness and reinvest in our business to create stockholder value. The building blocks of our strategy are:

        Continuous Product Innovation.    We believe new product innovation plays an essential role in maintaining and growing our market-leading position in the snow and ice control equipment industry. We will continue to focus on developing innovative solutions to increase productivity, ease of use, reliability, durability and serviceability of our products. Our product development teams are guided by extensive market research, as well as real time feedback from our distributors who provide valuable insight into changing customer preferences, desired functionality or product features. In addition, we have and will continue to incorporate lean manufacturing concepts into our product development process, which has allowed us to reduce the overall cost of development and, more importantly, reduced our time-to-market by nearly one-half. As a result of these efforts, approximately 50% of our 2009 sales came from products introduced or redesigned in the last five years.

        Distributor Network Optimization.    We will continually seek opportunities to optimize our portfolio of over 720 direct distributors by opportunistically adding high-quality, well-capitalized distributors in select geographic areas and by cross-selling our industry-leading brands within our distribution network to ensure we maximize our ability to generate revenue while protecting our industry leading reputation, customer loyalty and brands. Prospective distributors are rigorously screened before they are allowed to sell our snow and ice control products, allowing us to maintain relationships with only those distributors we believe to be the most reputable in the industry. Once selected, we strive to maintain close working relationships with our distributors and actively monitor their performance, quality of service and support and credit profiles. We also focus on further optimizing this network by providing in-depth training, valuable distributor support and attractive promotional and incentive opportunities. As a result of these efforts, we believe a majority of our distributors choose to sell our products exclusively. Over the last ten years, we have grown our network by over 300 distributors. We believe this sizable high quality network is unique in the industry, providing us with valuable insight into purchasing trends and customer preferences, and would be very difficult to replicate.

        Aggressive Asset Management and Profit Focus.    We will continue to aggressively manage our assets in order to maximize our cash flow generation despite seasonal and annual variability in snowfall levels. We believe our ability is unique in our industry and enables us to achieve attractive margins in all snowfall environments. Key elements of our asset management and profit focus strategies include:

    employment of a highly variable cost structure facilitated by a core group of workers that we supplement with a temporary workforce as volumes dictate, which allows us to quickly adjust costs in response to real-time changes in demand;

    use of enterprise-wide lean principles that allow us to easily ramp production levels up or down to meet demand;

    implementation of a pre-season order program, which incentivizes distributors to place orders prior to the retail selling season and thereby enables us to more efficiently utilize our assets; and

    development of a vertically integrated business model which we believe provides us cost advantages over our competition.

        Additionally, although modest, our capital expenditure requirements and operating expenses can be temporarily reduced in response to anticipated or actual lower sales in a particular year to maximize cash flow.

6


Table of Contents

        Flexible, Lean Enterprise Platform.    We intend to utilize lean principles to maximize the flexibility and efficiency of our manufacturing operations while reducing the associated costs. Implementation of these principles has allowed us to substantially improve the productivity of our manufacturing processes through waste elimination and improved space utilization, creating a flexible environment capable of efficiently responding to large variations in end-user demand and delivering best-in-class customer service and responsiveness, thereby enabling us to increase distributor and end-user satisfaction. Moreover, in an environment where shorter lead times and near-perfect order fulfillment are important to our distributors, our lean processes have helped us to build a reputation for providing industry leading shipping performance. In 2009, we fulfilled 98.2% of our orders on or before the requested ship date, without error in content, packaging or delivery.

        Our cost reduction efforts also include the rationalization of our supply base and implementation of a global sourcing strategy, resulting in approximately $2.1 million of cumulative annualized cost savings from 2006 to 2008. Since 2006, we have reduced our supply base by 36% from over 450 suppliers to approximately 288 today. In January 2009, we opened a sourcing office in China, which will become our central focus for specific component purchases and will provide a majority of our procurement cost savings in the future.

Our Growth Opportunities

        Increase Our Industry Leading Market Share.    We plan to leverage our industry leading position, distribution network and new product innovation capabilities to capture market share in the North American snow and ice control equipment market, focusing our primary efforts on increasing penetration in those North American markets where we believe our overall market share is less than 50%. We also plan to continue growing our presence in the snow and ice control equipment market outside of North America, particularly in Asia and Europe, which we believe could provide significant growth opportunities in the future.

        Opportunistically Seek New Products and New Markets.    We will consider external growth opportunities within the snow and ice control industry and other equipment or component markets. We plan to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities within our industry that can help us expand our distribution reach, enhance our technology and as a consequence improve the breadth and depth of our product lines. In November 2005, we purchased Blizzard Corporation and its highly-patented, groundbreaking hinged plow technology and have also incorporated this technology into our Western and Fisher snowplows. We also consider diversification opportunities in adjacent markets that complement our business model and could offer us the ability to leverage our core competencies to create stockholder value.


Summary Risk Factors

        An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below, the risks described under "Risk Factors," and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock:

    our results of operations depend primarily on the level, timing and location of snowfall in the regions in which we offer our products;

    the seasonality and year-to-year variability of our business can cause our results of operations and financial condition to be materially different from quarter-to-quarter and from year-to-year;

    if economic conditions in the United States continue to remain weak or deteriorate further, our results of operations and ability to pay dividends may be adversely affected;

7


Table of Contents

    our failure to maintain good relationships with our distributors, the loss or consolidation of our distributor base or the actions or inactions of our distributors could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to pay dividends;

    if we are unable to develop new products or improve upon our existing products on a timely basis, our business and financial condition could be adversely affected;

    if the price of steel increases, our gross margins could decline;

    you may not receive the level of dividends provided for in the dividend policy that our Board of Directors will adopt or any dividends at all; and

    satisfying our debt service obligations and paying dividends may leave us with insufficient cash to fund unexpected cash needs and growth.


Principal Stockholders

        The Aurora Entities are affiliates of Aurora Capital Group and control the vote with respect to approximately 67.0% of our common stock, prior to giving effect to this offering. Ares is an affiliate of Ares Management LLC, which we refer to as Ares Management, and controls the vote with respect to approximately 33.0% of our common stock, prior to giving effect to this offering. After giving effect to this offering, the Aurora Entities and Ares will control the vote with respect to approximately            % and            % of our common stock, respectively.

        Aurora Capital Group is a Los Angeles-based private equity firm managing over $2.0 billion that utilizes two distinct investment strategies. Aurora Equity focuses principally on control-investments in middle-market industrial, manufacturing and selected service oriented businesses, each with a leading position in sustainable niches, a strong cash flow profile, and actionable opportunities for both operational and strategic enhancement. Aurora Resurgence invests in debt and equity securities of middle-market companies and targets complex situations that are created by operational or financial challenges either within a company or a broader industry.

        Ares Management is a global alternative asset manager and SEC-registered investment adviser with total committed capital under management of approximately $33 billion as of December 31, 2009. With complementary pools of capital in private equity, private debt and capital markets, Ares Management has the ability to invest across all levels of a company's capital structure—from senior debt to common equity—in a variety of industries in a growing number of international markets. The Ares Private Equity Group manages over $6 billion of committed capital and has a proven track record of partnering with high quality, middle-market companies and creating value with its flexible capital. The firm is headquartered in Los Angeles with approximately 250 employees and professionals located across the United States and Europe.


Contemplated Financing Transactions in Connection with this Offering

        In connection with this offering, we may increase our existing term loan facility by $             million. We plan to use the proceeds from this offering together with            to redeem the outstanding 73/4% Senior Notes due 2012, which we refer to in this prospectus as our senior notes, issued by our direct wholly-owned subsidiaries, Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. or Douglas LLC, and Douglas Finance Company or Douglas Finance, for a total of $             million, which amount includes accrued and unpaid interest and the associated redemption premium. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we also intend to amend our existing senior credit facilities to permit the redemption of our senior notes.

8


Table of Contents


Company Information

        We are a holding corporation that was formed in connection with the acquisition of our business from AK Steel Corporation by affiliates of Aurora Capital Group in March 2004, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Acquisition. Douglas Holdings owns all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Douglas LLC, our operating company, together with its subsidiaries.

        We maintain our principal executive offices at 7777 North 73rd Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53223, and our telephone number is (414) 354-2310. We maintain a website at www.            .com. Information contained on our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

9


Table of Contents


The Offering

Issuer

  Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Common stock offered by us

 

            shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

            shares

Over-allotment option

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to            additional shares of our common stock from us and an aggregate of            additional outstanding shares of common stock from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments.

Common stock outstanding after this offering

 

            shares (or            shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering together with            to redeem our senior notes, including accrued and unpaid interest and the related redemption premium, for a total of $             million. We intend to use any net proceeds we receive from any shares sold by us pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment option to            . We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

Dividend policy

 

Our Board of Directors will adopt a dividend policy, effective upon the consummation of this offering, that reflects an intention to distribute to our stockholders a regular quarterly cash dividend, commencing with the first full fiscal quarter following the consummation of this offering, at an initial quarterly rate of $            per share. The declaration and payment of these dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition and earnings, legal requirements, taxes, the terms of our indebtedness and other factors our Board of Directors may deem to be relevant. See "Dividend Policy and Restrictions."

Risk factors

 

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page             of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NYSE symbol

 

            

10


Table of Contents

        Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:

    no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option;

    the repurchase, after the consummation of this offering, of all of our senior notes, including accrued and unpaid interest through            , 2010 (30 days following the consummation of this offering), the anticipated redemption date, and the associated redemption premium for a total of $             million;

    a            -for-one stock split of our common stock that will occur prior to the consummation of this offering; and

    a public offering price of $            per share of our common stock, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus.

11


Table of Contents


SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

        The following summary consolidated financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, in each case, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our operating results and financial position for those periods and as of such dates. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year.

        The results indicated below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. You should read this information together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Capitalization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  For the year ended December 31,   For the nine months
ended September 30
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

                               

Equipment sales

  $ 131,474   $ 122,091   $ 151,450   $ 113,882   $ 106,700  

Parts and accessories sales

    14,305     17,974     28,658     18,706     18,506  
                       

Net sales

    145,779     140,065     180,108     132,588     125,206  

Cost of sales

    100,547     97,249     117,911     89,084     87,523  
                       

Gross profit

    45,232     42,816     62,197     43,504     37,683  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    24,773     22,180     26,561     20,368     21,130  
                       

Income from operations

    20,459     20,636     35,636     23,136     16,553  

Interest expense, net

    (20,095 )   (19,622 )   (17,299 )   (12,765 )   (11,756 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        (2,733 )            

Other income (expense), net

    276     (87 )   (73 )   (70 )   (105 )
                       

Income (loss) before taxes

    640     (1,806 )   18,264     10,301     4,692  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    443     (749 )   6,793     3,926     1,964  
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 197   $ (1,057 ) $ 11,471   $ 6,375   $ 2,728  
                       

Cash Flow

                               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 4,763   $ 20,040   $ 23,411   $ (33,377 ) $ (39,883 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (3,471 )   (1,045 )   (3,113 )   (1,932 )   (4,821 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  $ (25,753 ) $ 4,083   $ (2,265 ) $ 2,261   $ 8,362  

Other Data

                               

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 32,564   $ 32,745   $ 47,742   $ 32,385   $ 28,036  

Capital expenditures(1)

  $ 3,449   $ 1,049   $ 3,160   $ 1,979   $ 4,821  

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2009
 
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Selected Balance Sheet Data

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,441   $ 35,519   $ 53,552   $ 17,210  

Total assets

    365,168     375,649     391,264     404,420  

Total debt

    227,608     234,363     233,513     242,875  

Total liabilities

    271,447     283,705     293,203     303,924  

Total redeemable stock and stockholders' equity

    93,721     91,944     98,061     100,496  

(1)
Capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 include $2.0 million related to the investments in our Milwaukee, Wisconsin and Rockland, Maine manufacturing facilities to support the closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility.

12


Table of Contents

Discussion of Adjusted EBITDA

        In addition to our results under United States generally accepted accounting principles, which we refer to as GAAP, we also use Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, which we consider to be an important and supplemental measure of our performance. Adjusted EBITDA represents net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted for certain non-recurring charges related to the closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility, certain legal expenses and a one-time stock repurchase, as well as management fees paid by us to Aurora and an affiliate of Ares. We use, and we believe our investors, and in particular, our principal stockholders, benefit from the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA in evaluating our operating performance because it provides us and our investors with an additional tool to compare our operating performance on a consistent basis by removing the impact of certain items that management believes do not directly reflect our core operations. In addition, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and other external users of our consolidated financial statements in evaluating our operating performance as compared to that of other companies, because it allows them to measure a company's operating performance without regard to items such as interest expense, taxes, depreciation and depletion, and amortization and accretion, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets and liabilities, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired. Our management also uses Adjusted EBITDA for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and financial projections. Note, however that the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA as included in this prospectus is different than the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA used for purposes of certain covenants in our senior credit facilities, including as a component of Restricted Payment EBITDA, which is used in the calculation governing our ability to pay dividends as described in the section entitled "Restrictions on Payment of Dividends—Senior Credit Facilities."

        Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool. As a result, you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our indebtedness;

    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

    Other companies, including other companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure; and

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect tax obligations whether current or deferred.

        The Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to in this prospectus as the SEC, has adopted rules to regulate the use in filings with the SEC and public disclosures and press releases of non-GAAP financial measures, such as Adjusted EBITDA, that are derived on the basis of methodologies other than in accordance with GAAP. These rules require, among other things:

    a presentation with equal or greater prominence of the most comparable financial measure or measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP; and

    a statement disclosing the purposes for which our management uses the non-GAAP financial measure.

13


Table of Contents

        The rules prohibit, among other things:

    exclusion of charges or liabilities that require cash settlement or would have required cash settlement absent an ability to settle in another manner, from non-GAAP liquidity measures;

    adjustment of a non-GAAP performance measure to eliminate or smooth items identified as non-recurring, infrequent or unusual, when the nature of the charge or gain is such that it is reasonably likely to recur; and

    presentation of non-GAAP financial measures on the face of any financial information.

        The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA, for each of the periods indicated:

 
  For the year ended December 31,   For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 197   $ (1,057 ) $ 11,471   $ 6,375   $ 2,728  
 

Interest expense—net

    20,095     19,622     17,299     12,765     11,756  
 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        2,733              
 

Income taxes

    443     (749 )   6,793     3,926     1,964  
 

Depreciation expense

    4,284     4,632     4,650     3,715     3,877  
 

Amortization

    6,166     6,164     6,160     4,620     4,621  
                       

EBITDA

    31,185     31,345     46,373     31,401     24,946  
 

Management fees

    1,379     1,400     1,369     984     1,066  
 

Stock repurchase(1)

                    738  
 

Other non-recurring charges(2)

                    1,286  
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 32,564   $ 32,745   $ 47,742   $ 32,385   $ 28,036  
                       

(1)
Reflects the non-cash expense associated with the repurchase of stock options from certain Douglas executives.

(2)
Reflects severance expenses and one-time, non-recurring expenses for facility preparation and moving costs related to the closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee facility of $897 and certain legal expenses of $389.

14


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

        An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding whether to purchase our common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our results of operations depend primarily on the level, timing and location of snowfall. As a result, a decline in snowfall levels in multiple regions for an extended time could cause our results of operations to decline and adversely affect our ability to pay dividends.

        As a manufacturer of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, and related parts and accessories, our sales depend primarily on the level, timing and location of snowfall in the regions in which we offer our products. A low level or lack of snowfall in any given year in any of the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as all provinces of Canada) will likely cause sales of our products to decline in such year as well as the subsequent year, which in turn may adversely affect our results of operations and ability to pay dividends. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Seasonality and Year-to-Year Variability." A sustained period of reduced snowfall events in one or more of the geographic regions in which we offer our products could cause our results of operations to decline and adversely affect our ability to pay dividends.

The year-to-year variability of our business can cause our results of operations and financial condition to be materially different from year-to-year; whereas the seasonality of our business can cause our results of operations and financial condition to be materially different from quarter-to-quarter.

        Because our business depends on the level, timing and location of snowfall, our results of operations vary from year-to-year. Additionally, because the annual snow season only runs from October 1 through March 31, our distributors typically purchase our products during the second and third quarters. As a result, we operate in a seasonal business. We not only experience seasonality in our sales, but also experience seasonality in our working capital needs. Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition can vary from year-to-year, as well from quarter-to-quarter, which could affect our ability to pay dividends. If we are unable to effectively manage the seasonality and year-to-year variability of our business, our results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends may suffer.

If economic conditions in the United States continue to remain weak or deteriorate further, our results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends may be adversely affected.

        Historically, demand for snow and ice control equipment for light trucks has been influenced by general economic conditions in the United States, as well as local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions in North America. During the last few years, economic conditions throughout the United States have been extremely weak, and may not improve in the foreseeable future. Weakened economic conditions may cause our end-users to delay purchases of replacement snow and ice control equipment and instead repair their existing equipment, leading to a decrease in our sales of new equipment. Weakened economic conditions may also cause our end-users to delay their purchases of new light trucks. Because our end-users tend to purchase new snow and ice control equipment concurrent with their purchase of new light trucks, their delay in purchasing new light trucks can also result in the

15


Table of Contents


deferral of their purchases of new snow and ice control equipment. The deferral of new equipment purchases during periods of weak economic conditions may negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

        Weakened economic conditions may also cause our end-users to consider price more carefully in selecting new snow and ice control equipment. Historically, considerations of quality and service have outweighed considerations of price, but in a weak economy, price may become a more important factor. Any refocus away from quality in favor of cheaper equipment could cause end-users to shift away from our products to less expensive products, which in turn would adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to pay dividends.

Our failure to maintain good relationships with our distributors, the loss or consolidation of our distributor base or the actions or inactions of our distributors could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to pay dividends.

        We depend on a network of truck equipment distributors to sell, install and service our products. Nearly all of these sales and service relationships are at will, and less than 1% of our distributors have agreed not to offer products that compete with our products. As a result, almost all of our distributors could discontinue the sale and service of our products at any time, and those distributors that primarily sell our products may choose to sell competing products at any time. Further, difficult economic or other circumstances could cause any of our distributors to discontinue their businesses. Moreover, if our distributor base were to consolidate or if any of our distributors were to discontinue their business, competition for the business of fewer distributors would intensify. If we do not maintain good relationships with our distributors, or if we do not provide product offerings and pricing that meet the needs of our distributors, we could lose a substantial amount of our distributor base. A loss of a substantial portion of our distributor base could cause our sales to decline significantly, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

        In addition, our distributors may not provide timely or adequate service to our end-users. If this occurs, our brand identity and reputation may be damaged, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

Lack of available financing options for our end-users or distributors may adversely affect our sales volumes.

        Our end-user base is highly concentrated among professional snowplowers, who comprise over 50% of our end-users, many of whom are individual landscapers who remove snow during the winter and landscape during the rest of the year, rather than large, well-capitalized corporations. These end-users often depend upon credit to purchase our products. If credit is unavailable on favorable terms or at all, our end-users may not be able to purchase our products from our distributors, which would in turn reduce sales and adversely affect our results of operations and ability to pay dividends.

        In addition, because our distributors, like our end-users, rely on credit to purchase our products, if our distributors are not able to obtain credit, or access credit on favorable terms, we may experience delays in payment or nonpayment for delivered products. Further, if our distributors are unable to obtain credit or access credit on favorable terms, they could experience financial difficulties or bankruptcy and cease purchases of our products altogether. Thus, if financing is unavailable on favorable terms or at all, our results of operations and ability to pay dividends would be adversely affected.

The price of steel, a commodity necessary to manufacture our products, is highly variable. If the price of steel increases, our gross margins could decline.

        Steel is a significant raw material used to manufacture our products. During the first nine months of 2009, our steel purchases were approximately 18% of our revenue. The steel industry is highly

16


Table of Contents


cyclical in nature, and steel prices have been volatile in recent years and may remain volatile in the future. Steel prices are influenced by numerous factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions domestically and internationally, the availability of raw materials, competition, labor costs, freight and transportation costs, production costs, import duties and other trade restrictions. After experiencing a downward trend in steel prices throughout most of 2009, steel prices may increase as a result of increased demand from the automobile and consumer durable sectors. If the price of steel increases, our variable costs may increase. We may not be able to mitigate these increased costs through the implementation of permanent price increases or temporary invoice surcharges, especially if economic conditions remain weak and our distributors and end-users become more price sensitive. If we are unable to successfully mitigate such cost increases in the future, our gross margins could decline.

We depend on outside suppliers who may be unable to meet our volume and quality requirements, and we may be unable to obtain alternative sources.

        We purchase certain components essential to our snowplows and sand and salt spreaders from outside suppliers, including off-shore sources. Most of our key supply arrangements can be discontinued at any time. A supplier may encounter delays in the production and delivery of such products and components or may supply us with products and components that do not meet our quality, quantity or cost requirements. Additionally, a supplier may be forced to discontinue operations. Any discontinuation or interruption in the availability of quality products and components from one or more of our suppliers may result in increased production costs, delays in the delivery of our products and lost end-user sales, which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

        In addition, we have begun to increase the number of our off-shore suppliers. Our increased reliance on off-shore sourcing may cause our business to be more susceptible to the impact of natural disasters, war and other factors that may disrupt the transportation systems or shipping lines used by our suppliers, a weakening of the dollar over an extended period of time and other uncontrollable factors such as changes in foreign regulation or economic conditions. In addition, reliance on off-shore suppliers may make it more difficult for us to respond to sudden changes in demand because of the longer lead time to obtain components from off-shore sources. We may be unable to mitigate this risk by stocking sufficient materials to satisfy any sudden or prolonged surges in demand for our products. If we cannot satisfy demand for our products in a timely manner, our sales could suffer as distributors can cancel purchase orders without penalty until shipment.

We do not sell our products under long-term purchase contracts, and sales of our products are significantly impacted by factors outside of our control; therefore, our ability to estimate demand is limited.

        We do not enter into long-term purchase contracts with our distributors and the purchase orders we receive may be cancelled without penalty until shipment. Therefore, our ability to accurately predict future demand for our products is limited. Nonetheless, we attempt to estimate demand for our products for purposes of planning our annual production levels and our long-term product development and new product introductions. We base our estimates of demand on our own market assessment, snowfall figures, quarterly field inventory surveys and regular communications with our distributors. Because wide fluctuations in the level, timing and location of snowfall, economic conditions and other factors may occur, each of which is out of our control, our estimates of demand may not be accurate. Underestimating demand could result in procuring an insufficient amount of materials necessary for the production of our products, which may result in increased production costs, delays in product delivery, missed sale opportunities and a decrease in customer satisfaction. Overestimating demand could result in the procurement of excessive supplies, which could result in increased inventory and associated carrying costs.

17


Table of Contents


If we are unable to enforce, maintain or continue to build our intellectual property portfolio, or if others invalidate our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may be harmed.

        We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets and trademarks to protect certain of the proprietary aspects of our business and technology. We hold approximately 20 U.S. registered trademarks (including the trademarks WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD®), 5 Canadian registered trademarks, 28 U.S. issued and pending patents and patent applications and 15 Canadian patents. Although we work diligently to protect our intellectual property rights, monitoring the unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult, and the steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use by others. In addition, our intellectual property rights may not be valid or enforceable. Third parties may design around our patents or may independently develop technology similar to our trade secrets. The failure to adequately build, maintain and enforce our intellectual property portfolio could impair the strength of our technology and our brands, and harm our competitive position.

If we are unable to develop new products or improve upon our existing products on a timely basis, it could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

        We believe that our future success depends, in part, on our ability to develop on a timely basis new technologically advanced products or improve upon our existing products in innovative ways that meet or exceed our competitors' product offerings. Continuous product innovation ensures that our consumers have access to the latest products and features when they consider buying snow and ice control equipment. Maintaining our market position will require us to continue to invest in research and development and sales and marketing. Product development requires significant financial, technological and other resources. We may be unsuccessful in making the technological advances necessary to develop new products or improve our existing products to maintain our market position. Industry standards, end-user expectations or other products may emerge that could render one or more of our products less desirable or obsolete. If any of these events occur, it could cause decreases in sales, a failure to realize premium pricing and an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

We face competition from other companies in our industry, and if we are unable to compete effectively with these companies, it could have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

        We primarily compete with regional manufacturers of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks. While we are the most geographically diverse company in our industry, we may face increasing competition in the markets in which we operate. Moreover, some of our competitors may have or may develop greater financial resources, lower costs, superior service or technology or more favorable operating conditions than we maintain. As a result, competitive pressures we face may cause price reductions for our products, which would affect our profitability or result in decreased sales and operating income.

We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental and safety regulations, that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.

        Our operations are subject to certain federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to, among other things, the generation, storage, handling, emission, transportation, disposal and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and materials into the environment, the manufacturing of motor vehicle accessories and employee health and safety. We cannot be certain that existing and future laws and regulations and their interpretations will not harm our business or financial condition.

18


Table of Contents


We may be required to make large and unanticipated capital expenditures to comply with environmental and other regulations, such as:

    applicable motor vehicle safety standards established by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration;

    reclamation and remediation and other environmental protection; and

    standards for workplace safety established by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

        Under these laws and regulations, we could be liable for:

    product liability claims;

    personal injuries;

    investigation and remediation of environmental contamination and other governmental sanctions such as fines and penalties; and

    other environmental damages.

        Our operations could be significantly delayed or curtailed and our costs of operations could significantly increase as a result of regulatory requirements, restrictions or claims. We are unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with these requirements or their effect on our operations.

Financial market conditions have had a negative impact on the return on plan assets for our pension plans, which may require additional funding and negatively impact our cash flows.

        Our pension expense and required contributions to our pension plan are directly affected by the value of plan assets, the projected rate of return on plan assets, the actual rate of return on plan assets and the actuarial assumptions we use to measure the defined benefit pension plan obligations. Due to the significant financial market downturn during 2008, the funded status of our pension plans has declined. As of December 31, 2008, our pension plans were underfunded by approximately $10.4 million. In 2008, contributions to our defined benefit pension plans were approximately $1.2 million. If plan assets continue to perform below expectations, future pension expense and funding obligations will increase, which would have a negative impact on our cash flows. Moreover, under the Pension Protection Act of 2006, it is possible that continued losses of asset values may necessitate accelerated funding of our pension plans in the future to meet minimum federal government requirements.

The statements regarding our industry, market positions and market share in this prospectus are based on our management's estimates and assumptions. While we believe such statements are reasonable, such statements have not been independently verified.

        Information contained in this prospectus concerning the snow and ice control equipment industry for light trucks, our general expectations concerning this industry and our market positions and other market share data regarding the industry are based on estimates our management prepared using end-user surveys, anecdotal data from our distributors and distributors that carry our competitors' products, our results of operations and management's past experience, and on assumptions made, based on our management's knowledge of this industry, all of which we believe to be reasonable. These estimates and assumptions are inherently subject to uncertainties, especially given the year-to-year variability of snowfall and the difficulty of obtaining precise information about our competitors, and may prove to be inaccurate. In addition, we have not independently verified the information from any third-party source and thus cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness, although management also believes such information to be reasonable. Our actual operating results may vary significantly if our

19


Table of Contents


estimates and outlook concerning the industry, snowfall patterns, our market positions or our market shares turn out to be incorrect.

We are subject to product liability claims, product quality issues, and other litigation from time to time that could adversely affect our operating results or financial condition.

        The manufacture, sale and usage of our products expose us to a risk of product liability claims. If our products are defective or used incorrectly by our end-users, injury may result, giving rise to product liability claims against us. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of our insurance coverage, and it is ultimately determined that we are liable, our business and financial condition could suffer. Any losses that we may suffer from any liability claims, and the effect that any product liability litigation may have upon the reputation and marketability of our products, may divert management's attention from other matters and may have a negative impact on our business and operating results. Additionally, we could experience a material design or manufacturing failure in our products, a quality system failure or other safety issues, or heightened regulatory scrutiny that could warrant a recall of some of our products. A recall of some of our products could also result in increased product liability claims. Any of these issues could also result in loss of market share, reduced sales, and higher warranty expense.

We are heavily dependent on our Chief Executive Officer and management team.

        Our continued success depends on the retention, recruitment and continued contributions of key management, finance, sale and marketing personnel, some of whom would be difficult to replace. Our success is largely dependent upon our senior management team, led by our Chief Executive Officer and other key managers. The loss of any one or more of such persons could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our operations, including our ability to perform our obligations and pay dividends.

        As of            , as adjusted to give effect to this offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom (including the redemption of our senior notes), we would have had approximately $             million of senior secured indebtedness and $             million of available borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We may also be able to incur substantial indebtedness in the future, including senior indebtedness, which may or may not be secured. For example, concurrent with this offering, we may increase our existing term loan facility by            million. Further, if this offering is completed and all our senior notes are redeemed, our revolving credit facility and term loan facility will mature in May 2012 and May 2013, respectively. See "Description of Indebtedness—Senior Credit Facilities."

        Our indebtedness could have important consequences to you, including the following:

    we could have difficulty satisfying our debt obligations, and if we fail to comply with these requirements, an event of default could result;

    we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to required payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the cash flow available to pay dividends or fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate activities;

    covenants relating to our indebtedness may restrict our ability to make distributions to our stockholders;

    covenants relating to our indebtedness may limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate activities, which may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

    we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

20


Table of Contents

    we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt; and

    we may have difficulty repaying or refinancing our obligations under our senior credit facilities on their respective maturity dates.

        If any of these consequences occur, our financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends could be adversely affected. This, in turn, could negatively affect the market price of our common stock, and we may need to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds that may be realized from those sales, or that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly and could impose adverse consequences.

        Certain of our borrowings, including our term loan and any revolving borrowings under our senior credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. In addition, the interest rate on any revolving borrowings is subject to an increase in the interest rate if the average daily availability under our revolving credit facility falls below a certain threshold. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows would correspondingly decrease.

Our senior credit facilities impose restrictions on us, which may also prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities and taking certain corporate actions. One of these facilities also includes minimum availability requirements, which if unsatisfied, could result in liquidity events that may jeopardize our business.

        Our senior credit facilities contain, and future debt instruments to which we may become subject may contain, covenants governing our activities, including, covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that could otherwise benefit our company, including restrictions on our ability to:

    incur, assume or permit to exist additional indebtedness or contingent obligations;

    incur liens and engage in sale and leaseback transactions;

    make capital expenditures above agreed upon annual limits;

    make loans and investments in excess of agreed upon amounts;

    declare dividends, make payments or redeem or repurchase capital stock in excess of agreed upon amounts and subject to certain other limitations;

    engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations;

    prepay, redeem or purchase certain indebtedness or amend or alter the terms of our indebtedness;

    sell assets;

    transact with affiliates or our stockholders; and

    alter the business that we conduct.

        Our revolving credit facility also includes limitations on capital expenditures and requires us to maintain at least $6.0 million of borrowing availability. Failure to maintain such availability shall constitute a "liquidity event" under our revolving credit facility, and as a result we will be required to

21


Table of Contents


comply with a fixed charge coverage ratio test. In addition, if such a liquidity event (or an event of default) occurs and is continuing, subject to certain limited cure rights, all proceeds of our accounts receivable and other collateral will be applied to reduce obligations under our revolving credit facility, jeopardizing our ability to meet other obligations. Our ability to comply with the covenants contained in our senior credit facilities or in the agreements governing our future indebtedness, and our ability to avoid liquidity events, may be affected by events, or our future performance, which are subject to factors beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial, industry and weather conditions, such as the level, timing and location of snowfall and general economic conditions in the snowbelt regions of North America. A failure to comply with these covenants could result in a default under our senior credit facilities, which could prevent us from paying dividends, borrowing additional amounts and using proceeds of our inventory and accounts receivable, and also permit the lenders to accelerate the payment of such debt. If any of our debt is accelerated or if a liquidity event (or event of default) occurs which results in collateral proceeds being applied to reduce such debt, we may not have sufficient funds available to repay such debt and our other obligations, in which case, our business could be halted and such lenders could proceed against any collateral securing that debt. Further, if the lenders accelerate the payment of the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities and our other indebtedness, if any. We cannot assure you that these covenants will not adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs to pursue available business opportunities or react to changes in our business and the industry in which we operate.

The closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility may entail risks to our business.

        As part of our lean manufacturing strategy to lower our fixed costs, in mid-2010 we plan to close our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility, reducing our manufacturing facilities from three to two. In connection with this closure, we plan to relocate our Johnson City operations and equipment into our remaining two facilities. We cannot assure you that we will realize contemplated cost savings from the closure of this facility. In addition, there may be risks associated with this closure for which we are unprepared, such as labor and employment litigation, difficulties implementing a smooth transition and the possibility that this closure leaves us with insufficient manufacturing capacity. It is therefore possible that our business could be negatively affected by the closure of this facility.

Risks Related to this Offering of Our Common Stock

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop or be maintained, which could limit your ability to sell shares of our common stock.

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, there has not have been a public market for our common stock. Although we intend to apply to list our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange, which we refer to in this prospectus as the NYSE, an active public market for our shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for our shares will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the market price at which shares of our common stock will trade after this offering. In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

22


Table of Contents


The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline or could subject us to securities class action litigation.

        Even if a trading market develops, the market price of shares of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to the many risk factors listed in this section and others beyond our control, including:

    variations in our quarterly operating results;

    our announcement of actual results for a fiscal period that are higher or lower than projected or expected results or our announcement of revenue or earnings guidance that is higher or lower than expected;

    unfavorable commentary from securities analysts or the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

    sales of our common stock by our principal stockholders;

    changes in our dividend payment policy or failure to execute our existing policy;

    actions of competitors;

    changes in applicable government and environmental regulations; or

    general economic and market conditions.

        Furthermore, the stock markets recently have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions or interest rate changes may cause the market price of shares of our common stock to decline. If the market price of a share our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

        In addition, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management's attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and other reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have any and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Substantial future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

        Additional sales of our common stock in the public market after the consummation of this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Upon consummation of this offering, we will have            shares of common stock

23


Table of Contents


outstanding. The            shares of our common stock sold in this offering, as well as any shares disposed of upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Securities Act. The remaining             shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be available for sale subject to, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and to the extent applicable, any lock-up agreements that we, our officers, directors, employees and stockholders enter into. As any resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, pursuant to certain provisions of our securityholders agreement that will remain in effect after the consummation of this offering, all securityholders who are parties to the securityholders agreement are entitled to certain "piggy-back" registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, and certain securityholders are entitled to demand registration of their shares. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Securityholders Agreement." Registration of any such shares under the Securities Act would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration.

As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

        Purchasers in this offering will immediately experience substantial dilution in net tangible book value of the shares they purchase. Because our common stock was originally sold at prices substantially lower than the initial public offering price that you will pay, you will suffer immediate dilution of $            per share in net tangible book value. The exercise of outstanding options,            of which are outstanding and exercisable as of            , 2010, may result in further dilution. See "Dilution."

Since no proceeds from this offering will be used to grow our business or develop new products, the value of your investment in our common stock could be negatively impacted.

        We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to redeem our senior notes (including accrued and unpaid interest and the related redemption premium). We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds." We do not intend to use any of the proceeds from this offering to grow our business or develop new products, which could negatively impact the value of your investment in our common stock.

Our principal stockholders will hold a significant portion of our common stock and may have different interests than us or you in the future.

        Immediately after the consummation of this offering our principal stockholders will have the right to vote or direct the vote of approximately            % (or            % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) of our voting power. Consequently, our principal stockholders will, and will for the foreseeable future continue to, be able to influence the election and removal of our directors and influence our corporate and management policies, including virtually all matters requiring stockholder approval, such as potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales, payment of dividends and other significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may delay or deter possible changes in control of our company, which may reduce the value of your investment. We cannot assure you that the interests of our principal stockholders will coincide with the interests of our other holders of common stock. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Securityholders Agreement."

24


Table of Contents


Provisions of Delaware law and our charter documents could delay or prevent an acquisition of us, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to you.

        Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that we intend to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include:

    the absence of cumulative voting in the election of our directors, which means that the holders of a majority of our common stock may elect all of the directors standing for election;

    the ability of our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock with voting rights or with rights senior to those of our common stock without any further vote or action by the holders of our common stock;

    the division of our Board of Directors into three separate classes serving staggered three-year terms;

    the ability of our stockholders to remove our directors is limited to cause and only by the vote of at least 662/3% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

    the prohibition on our stockholders from acting by written consent and calling special meetings;

    the requirement that our stockholders provide advance notice when nominating our directors or proposing business to be considered by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders; and

    the requirement that our stockholders must obtain a 662/3% vote to amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

        We are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits us from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder, as defined in that section, for a period of three years following the date on which that stockholder became an interested stockholder. The respective affiliates of Aurora Capital Group and Ares Management that are common stockholders, however, are exempt from this prohibition. See "Description of Capital Stock." These provisions could also make it more difficult for you and our other stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions, and could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

If we are unable to assess favorably the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, our stock price could be adversely affected.

        Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending 2011, our management will be required to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any changes necessary to make a favorable assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, in connection with the attestation process by our independent registered public accounting firm, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving a favorable attestation. If we cannot timely and favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting, investor confidence and our stock price could decline.

25


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Dividend Policy

You may not receive the level of dividends provided for in the dividend policy our Board of Directors will adopt or any dividends at all.

        We are not obligated to pay dividends on our common stock. Our Board of Directors will adopt a dividend policy, effective upon the consummation of this offering, that reflects an intention to distribute to our stockholders a regular quarterly cash dividend. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, which may amend, revoke or suspend our dividend policy at any time and for any reason, including, our financial condition and earnings, legal requirements, taxes and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant. The terms of our indebtedness may also restrict us from paying cash dividends on our common stock under certain circumstances.

        Over time, our capital and other cash needs may change significantly from our current needs, which could affect whether we pay dividends and the level of any dividends we may pay in the future. If we were to use borrowings under our senior credit facilities to fund our payment of dividends, we would have less cash and/or borrowing capacity available for future dividends and other purposes, which could negatively affect our financial condition, our results of operations, our liquidity and our ability to maintain and expand our business. Accordingly, you may not receive dividends in the intended amounts, or at all. Any reduction or elimination of dividends may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

Our ability to pay dividends will be restricted by agreements governing our debt, including our senior credit facilities, and by Delaware law.

        Our senior credit facilities restrict our ability to pay dividends. See "Description of Indebtedness—Senior Credit Facilities" and "Dividend Policy and Restrictions," where we describe the terms of our indebtedness, including provisions limiting our ability to declare and pay dividends. In addition, as a result of general economic conditions, conditions in the lending markets, the results of our business or for any other reason, we may elect or be required to amend or refinance our senior credit facilities, at or prior to maturity, or enter into additional agreements for indebtedness. Any such amendment, refinancing or additional agreement may contain covenants which could limit in a significant manner or entirely our ability to pay dividends to you.

        Additionally, under the Delaware General Corporation Law, which we refer to in this prospectus as the DGCL, our Board of Directors may not authorize payment of a dividend unless it is either paid out of surplus, as calculated in accordance with the DGCL, or if we do not have a surplus, it is paid out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. See "Dividend Policy and Restrictions."

        If, as a result of these restrictions, we are required to reduce or eliminate the payment of dividends, a decline in the market price or liquidity, or both, of our common stock could result. This may in turn result in losses by you.

We are a holding company with no operations of our own and depend on our subsidiaries for cash.

        The terms of our senior credit facilities significantly restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to us. In addition, the terms of our revolving credit facility specifically restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends to us if we do not maintain minimum availability under our revolving credit facility, and both our senior credit facilities restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends to us if a default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under our senior credit facilities. As of            , we had the necessary availability to pay dividends at the level currently anticipated under our dividend policy. We cannot assure you that we will maintain this availability. For

26


Table of Contents


a description of our dividend policy and the limitations on the payment of dividends contained in our senior credit facilities, see "Description of Indebtedness" and "Dividend Policy and Restrictions."

Our dividend policy may limit our ability to pursue growth opportunities.

        If we pay dividends at the level currently anticipated under our dividend policy, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash to finance growth opportunities, meet any large unanticipated liquidity requirements or fund our operations in the event of a significant business downturn. In addition, because a significant portion of cash available will be distributed to holders of our common stock under our dividend policy, our ability to pursue any material expansion of our business, including through acquisitions, increased capital spending or other increases of our expenditures, will depend more than it otherwise would on our ability to obtain third party financing. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available to us at all, or at an acceptable cost. If we are unable to take timely advantage of growth opportunities, our future financial condition and competitive position may be harmed, which in turn may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Market interest rates may have an effect on the trading value of our shares.

        One of the factors that investors may consider in deciding whether to buy or sell our shares is our dividend rate as a percentage of our shares price relative to market interest rates. If market interest rates increase, prospective investors may demand a higher dividend yield on our shares or seek alternative investments paying higher dividends or interest. As a result, interest rate fluctuations and capital market conditions can affect the market value of our shares. For instance, if interest rates rise, it is likely that the market price of our shares will decrease as market rates on interest-bearing securities, such as bonds, increase.

27


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are identified by terms and phrases such as "anticipate," "believe," "intend," "estimate," "expect," "continue," "should," "could," "may," "plan," "project," "predict," "will" and similar expressions and include references to assumptions and relate to our future prospects, developments and business strategies. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    weather conditions, particularly lack of or reduced levels of snowfall;

    a significant decline in economic conditions;

    our inability to maintain good relationships with our distributors;

    lack of available or favorable financing options for our end-users or distributors;

    increases in the price of steel or other materials necessary for the production of our products that cannot be passed on to our distributors;

    the inability of our suppliers to meet our volume or quality requirements;

    our inability to protect or continue to build our intellectual property portfolio;

    our inability to develop new products or improve upon existing products in response to end-user needs;

    losses due to lawsuits arising out of personal injuries associated with our products; and

    our inability to compete effectively against competition.

        We undertake no obligation to revise the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus to reflect any future events or circumstances. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are discussed in this prospectus under the caption "Risk Factors" as well as elsewhere in this prospectus.

28


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses) of approximately $             million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering. We will use the net proceeds to us from this offering, together with            , as follows, assuming a closing date of            , 2010 (in millions of dollars):

Sources
   
 
Uses
   
 

Gross offering proceeds

  $            Proceeds to selling stockholders   $           

            

        Redemption of senior notes(1)        

        Estimated fees and expenses        
               
 

Total sources

  $            Total uses   $           
               

(1)
Includes the related redemption premium on our senior notes and accrued interest through            , 2010 (30 days following the expected consummation date of this offering), the anticipated redemption date. Our senior notes bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 73/4% and are scheduled to mature on January 15, 2012.

29


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS

General

        During 2008 and 2009, we did not declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock. Our Board of Directors will, however, adopt a dividend policy, effective upon the consummation of this offering, that reflects an intention to distribute to our stockholders a regular quarterly cash dividend. This policy reflects our present judgment that it is in the best interest of our stockholders to distribute to them a significant portion of the cash generated by our business. We believe our dividend policy will limit, but not preclude, our ability to pursue growth opportunities. This limitation could be significant, for example, with respect to large acquisitions and growth opportunities that require cash investments in amounts greater than our available cash or external financing resources.

        In accordance with this dividend policy and based upon our Board of Directors' review of our historical results of operations and the restrictions in our debt instruments, we currently intend to pay a quarterly dividend on our common stock, commencing with the first full fiscal quarter following the consummation of this offering, at an initial quarterly rate of $            per share, on or about            , 2010, to holders of record on            , 2010.

        There can be no assurance that we will declare or pay any cash dividends. The declaration and payment of these dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition or earnings, legal requirements, taxes and other factors our Board of Directors may deem to be relevant. The terms of our indebtedness may also prevent us from paying cash dividends on our common stock under certain circumstances. See "Risk Factors—Our ability to pay dividends will be restricted by agreements governing our debt, including our senior credit facilities, and by Delaware law," "—Restrictions on Payment of Dividends" and "Description of Indebtedness." Over time, our capital and other cash needs may change significantly from our current needs, which could affect whether we pay dividends and the level of any dividends we may pay in the future. Moreover, our Board of Directors may amend, revoke or suspend our dividend policy at any time and for any reason. Accordingly, you may not receive dividends in the intended amounts, or at all.

Restrictions on Payment of Dividends

        Our ability to pay dividends will be restricted by current and future agreements governing our debt, including our senior credit facilities and by Delaware law.

Senior Credit Facilities

        Our senior credit facilities, which are comprised of a $60.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which we refer to in this prospectus as our revolving credit facility, entered into by Douglas LLC, Douglas Dynamics Finance and Fisher, LLC, which we refer to in this prospectus as Fisher, as borrowers and an $85.0 million senior secured term loan facility, which we refer to in this prospectus as our term loan facility, entered into by Douglas LLC, as borrower, each on May 21, 2007, impose limitations on our ability to pay dividends as follows. Under the restricted payments covenants for each of our senior credit facilities, Douglas Holdings and Douglas LLC and their subsidiaries generally are restricted from paying dividends other than dividends payable to Douglas LLC or certain of its subsidiaries or dividends solely in shares of a class of stock to holders of that class. However, so long as no default or event of default and, in the case of our revolving credit facility only, no "liquidity event," has occurred and is continuing or would result from the payment and, in the case of clause (a) below, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in the indenture governing our senior notes and incorporated into our senior credit facilities, which we intend to modify in our senior credit facilities prior to the consummation of this offering, (a) Douglas LLC and Douglas Holdings can make restricted payments, including dividends, in an amount equal to the Restricted Payment Amount

30


Table of Contents


described below, and (b) Douglas Holdings and Douglas LLC and their subsidiaries can make an additional $10.0 million in dividends or other restricted payments. In addition, the occurrence of a liquidity event is subject to certain cure rights under our revolving credit facility. The amount available for dividends pursuant to the Restricted Payment Amount and the additional $10.0 million may also be used for restricted payments other than dividends (including certain payments of indebtedness, redemptions of stock, payments to retire options and warrants and payment of certain management fees), certain investments and certain payments of debt. To the extent that these amounts are used for a payment other than dividends, the amount available to be used for the payment of dividends would be reduced accordingly.

        A "liquidity event" is defined under our revolving credit facility to mean the occurrence of either of the following: (i) at any time prior to an increase in the revolving commitments as described below in the section entitled "Description of Indebtedness—Additional Revolving Loan Commitments and Term Loans," our availability under our revolving credit facility is less than $6.0 million and (ii) at any time following the making of any additional revolving commitments, our availability under our revolving credit facility is less than the sum of (A) $6.0 million and (B) 10 percent of the aggregate amount of the additional revolving commitments made at such time.

        "Restricted Payment Amount" is generally defined under our senior credit facilities to mean, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the difference (but not less than zero) between (i) "Restricted Payment EBITDA" (which consists of our cumulative Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, subject to adjustments for (A) non-recurring gains and losses, (B) interest attributable to indebtedness attributable to sale-lease back transactions, (C) dividends accrued or payable (whether or not in cash) by Douglas LLC or its subsidiaries in respect of preferred stock, subject to certain limitations, and (D) interest income paid in cash) and (ii) the product of 2.0 multiplied by our cumulative interest expense (determined, in each case, for the period commencing on the first day of the first full fiscal quarter after May 21, 2007 through and including the last full fiscal quarter (taken as one accounting period) preceding such date of determination), plus (b) the net cash proceeds received by Douglas LLC from a capital contribution or sale of capital stock to Douglas Holdings after May 21, 2007 subject to certain adjustments for investments and other restricted payments. As of December 31, 2008 and September 30, 2009, respectively, no Restricted Payment Amounts were available for dividends.

        "Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA" is generally defined under our senior credit facilities to mean, for any period, an amount equal to the total of:

        (a)   the consolidated net income of Douglas LLC and its subsidiaries; plus

        (b)   the sum, without duplication, of each of the following to the extent deducted in the calculation of consolidated net income for such period: (i) consolidated interest expense and non-cash interest expense; (ii) provisions for taxes based on income; (iii) total depreciation expense; (iv) total amortization expense (including amortization of goodwill, other intangibles, and financing fees and expenses); (v) non-cash impairment charges; (vi) non-cash expenses resulting from the grant of stock and stock options and other compensation to management personnel of Douglas LLC and its subsidiaries pursuant to a written incentive plan or agreement; (vii) other non-cash items that are unusual or otherwise non-recurring items; (viii) expenses for fees under our Management Services Agreement (described under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Services Agreement"), as in effect on December 16, 2004; (ix) any extraordinary losses and non-recurring charges during any period (including severance, relocation costs, one-time compensation charges and losses or charges associated with interest rate agreements); (x) restructuring charges or reserves (including costs related to closure of facilities); (xi) any transaction costs incurred in connection with the issuance of securities or any refinancing transaction, in each case whether or not such transaction is consummated; and (xii) any fees and expensed related to any acquisitions permitted under by our senior credit facilities; minus

31


Table of Contents

        (c)   the sum, without duplication, of (i) non-cash items increasing consolidated net income for such period that are unusual or otherwise non-recurring items, (ii) cash payments made during such period reducing reserves or liabilities for accruals made in prior periods but only to the extent such reserves or accruals were added back to "Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA" in a prior period, and (iii) restricted payments made during such period to Douglas Holdings to pay its general administrative costs and expenses.

        Our senior credit facilities will preclude Douglas Holdings or Douglas LLC from declaring any dividends if a default or event of default under our senior credit facilities or in the case of our revolving credit facility, a liquidity event, has occurred and is continuing.

        The foregoing is a summary of the actual provisions that are included in our senior credit facilities. copies of which have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to this registration statement. For a description of additional terms relating to our senior credit facilities, see "Description of Indebtedness—Senior Credit Facilities."

Delaware Law

        Under Delaware law, our Board of Directors may not authorize payment of a dividend unless either it is paid out of our "surplus" (which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities (including contingent liabilities) minus statutory capital), or if we do not have a surplus, it is paid out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. The value of a corporation's assets can be measured in a number of ways and may not necessarily equal their book value. The value of our capital may be adjusted from time to time by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may base this determination on our financial statements, a fair valuation of our assets or another reasonable method. Although we believe we will be permitted to pay dividends at the anticipated levels in compliance with Delaware law, our Board of Directors will periodically seek to assure itself that the statutory requirements will be met before actually declaring dividends. In future periods, our Board of Directors may seek opinions from outside valuation firms to the effect that our solvency or assets are sufficient to allow payment of dividends, and such opinions may not be forthcoming. If we sought and were not able to obtain such an opinion, we likely would not be able to pay dividends. We are a holding company and conduct all of our operations through our subsidiaries. As a result, we will rely principally on distributions from our subsidiaries to have funds available for the payment of dividends. Douglas LLC, Douglas Finance and Fisher, like Douglas Holdings, were formed in Delaware. As a result, they are also subject to the similar considerations and limitations under Delaware law on distributions.

32


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth as of September 30, 2009, our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization:

    on an actual basis;

    on an as adjusted basis to give effect to:

    the filing of our fourth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur prior to the consummation of this offering, and that will provide for, among other things, the authorization of            shares of common stock and            shares of preferred stock and a            for one stock split;

    the fee payable pursuant to the amendment of our Management Services Agreement;

    the receipt of net proceeds from the sale of            shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us;

    the redemption of our senior notes, including the accrued and unpaid interest thereon through            , 2010 (30 days following the consummation of this offering), the anticipated redemption date, and the associated redemption premium for a total of $             million; and

    borrowing an additional $             million under            .

33


Table of Contents

        This table should be read together with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  September 30, 2009  
 
  Actual   As Adjusted  
 
  (in thousands,
except share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 17,210   $    

Indebtedness:

             
 

Revolving loan

  $ 10,000   $    
 

Term loan

    82,875        
 

73/4% senior notes due 2012

    150,000        
 

Capital lease obligations

           
 

Other indebtedness

           
           
 

Total indebtedness

    242,875        
 

Redeemable Preferred stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per share, 65,000 shares authorized, no shares outstanding

           
 

Redeemable Preferred stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per share, 1 share authorized, 1 share outstanding

    1        
 

Redeemable Preferred stock, Series C, par value $0.01 per share, 1 share authorized, 1 share outstanding

    1        

Stockholders' equity

             
 

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 607,195 outstanding

    6        
 

Stockholders' notes receivable

    (1,003 )      
 

Additional paid-in capital

    60,110        
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (4,559 )      
 

Retained earnings

    45,940        
           
 

Total stockholders' equity

    100,494        
           
   

Total capitalization

 
$

343,371
 
$
 
           

34


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you purchase shares of our common stock, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution. Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common stock to be sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after the offering. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by shares of our common stock outstanding, as of that date. The net tangible book value per share presented below is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, as adjusted to give effect to the redemption of our senior notes and $             million in additional borrowings pursuant to            , divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2009. After giving effect to the redemption of our senior notes, the $             million in additional borrowings pursuant to            and this offering, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2009 would have been $            , or $            per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per share to the existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $            per share to new investors.

        The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $    
 

Net tangible book value per share at September 30, 2009

  $    
 

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

  $    

Adjusted net tangible book value per share

  $    

Dilution per share to new investors

  $    

        Our as adjusted net tangible book value after the consummation of this offering, and the dilution to new investors in this offering, will change from the amounts shown above if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option.

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase or decrease our net tangible book value by $            , the net tangible book value per share after the consummation of this offering by $            and the dilution per share to new investors by $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of shares that we (but not the selling stockholders) sell in this offering will increase or decrease our net proceeds by such increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

        The following table summarizes, on the same as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2009, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us or from the selling stockholders, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:

 
   
   
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Average Price
per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New Investors

                               
                         
 

Total

          100 % $       100 %      
                         

35


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods and at the dates indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The selected historical consolidated financial data for the period from January 1, 2004 through March 31, 2004 (which we refer to as the Predecessor Period), the period from April 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004 (which we refer to as the Successor Periods) and the year ended December 31, 2005 are derived from our historical financial statements not included in this prospectus.

        The selected historical consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our operating results and financial position for those periods and as of such dates. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year.

        In April 2004, affiliates of Aurora Capital Group, together with affiliates of Ares Management and members of our management, formed Douglas Holdings to acquire all of the interests of Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., a subsidiary of AK Steel Corporation. The Company in all periods prior to April 2004 is referred to as "Predecessor," and in all periods including such date is referred to as "Successor." The consolidated financial statements for all Successor Periods may not be comparable to those of the Predecessor Period.

        You should read the selected consolidated financial data presented on the following pages in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus as well as our "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2009
 
 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Selected Balance Sheet Data

                                     
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5,030   $ 36,902   $ 12,441   $ 35,519   $ 53,552   $ 17,210  
 

Total current assets

    55,365     87,437     70,367     91,491     115,414     132,946  
 

Total assets

    323,035     390,915     365,168     375,649     391,264     404,420  
 

Total current liabilities

   
18,895
   
32,994
   
18,089
   
19,013
   
23,858
   
31,073
 
 

Total debt

    200,000     239,900     227,608     234,363     233,513     242,875  
 

Total liabilities

    234,303     283,473     271,447     283,705     293,203     303,924  
 

Total redeemable stock and stockholders' equity

   
88,732
   
107,442
   
93,721
   
91,944
   
98,061
   
100,496
 

36


Table of Contents


 
  For the three
months
ended
March 31,
  For the nine
months
ended
December 31,
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  For the nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  For the year ended December 31,  
 
  2004
(Predecessor)
  2004
(Successor)
 
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

                                                 
 

Total sales

  $ 22,871   $ 159,886   $ 183,608   $ 145,779   $ 140,065   $ 180,108   $ 132,588   $ 125,206  
 

Gross profit

   
8,385
   
66,606
   
71,920
   
45,232
   
42,816
   
62,197
   
89,084
   
87,523
 
 

Income from operations

   
4,302
   
45,287
   
46,799
   
20,459
   
20,636
   
35,636
   
23,136
   
16,553
 
 

Income tax expense (benefit)

        13,304     10,978     443     (749 )   6,793     3,926     1,964  
 

Net income (loss)

   
4,279
   
19,956
   
19,121
   
197
   
(1,057

)
 
11,471
   
6,375
   
2,728
 
 

Net income (loss) per basic share

   
N/A
 
$

34.34
 
$

29.79
 
$

(0.36

)

$

(1.74

)

$

18.64
 
$

10.36
 
$

4.49
 
 

Net income (loss) per diluted share

    N/A   $ 32.39   $ 27.35   $ (0.36 ) $ (1.74 ) $ 18.20   $ 10.11   $ 4.39  

 

 
  For the three
months
ended
March 31,
  For the nine
months
ended
December 31,
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  For the nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  For the year ended December 31,  
 
  2004
(Predecessor)
  2004
(Successor)
 
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Other Data

                                                 
 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 5,227   $ 52,204   $ 56,461   $ 32,564   $ 32,745   $ 47,742   $ 32,385   $ 28,036  
 

Capital expenditures(1)

  $ 782   $ 1,319   $ 3,534   $ 3,449   $ 1,049   $ 3,160   $ 1,979   $ 4,821  

(1)
Capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 include $2.0 million related to the investments in our Milwaukee, Wisconsin and Rockland, Maine manufacturing facilities to support the closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility.

        The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA, for each of the periods indicated. For more information, see the discussion of Adjusted EBITDA in "Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data."

 
  For the three
months
ended
March 31,
  For the nine
months
ended
December 31,
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
 
  For the year ended December 31,  
 
  2004
(Predecessor)
  2004
(Successor)
 
 
  2005   2006   2007   2008   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 4,279   $ 19,956   $ 19,121   $ 197   $ (1,057 ) $ 11,471   $ 6,375   $ 2,728  
 

Interest expense—net

   
   
12,117
   
16,745
   
20,095
   
19,622
   
17,299
   
12,765
   
11,756
 
 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                    2,733              
 

Income taxes

        13,304     10,978     443     (749 )   6,793     3,926     1,964  
 

Depreciation expense

    802     2,837     3,937     4,284     4,632     4,650     3,715     3,877  
 

Amortization

    146     3,036     4,377     6,166     6,164     6,160     4,620     4,621  
                                   

EBITDA

    5,227     51,250     55,158     31,185     31,345     46,373     31,401     24,946  
 

Management fees

        954     1,303     1,379     1,400     1,369     984     1,066  
 

Stock repurchase(1)

                                738  
 

Other non-recurring charges(2)

                                      1,286  
                                   

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 5,227   $ 52,204   $ 56,461   $ 32,564   $ 32,745   $ 47,742   $ 32,385   $ 28,036  
                                   

(1)
Reflects the non-cash expense associated with the repurchase of stock options from certain Douglas executives.

(2)
Reflects severance expenses and one-time, non-recurring expenses for facility preparation and moving costs related to the closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee facility of $897 and certain legal expenses of $389.

37


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, and each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 should be read together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategies for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.

Overview

Our Business

        We are the North American leader in the design, manufacture and sale of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, which consists of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, and related parts and accessories. We sell our products under the WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® brands which are among the most established and recognized in the industry. We believe that in 2009 our share of the light truck snow and ice control equipment market was greater than 50%. We sell our products exclusively through what we believe is the industry's most extensive North American distributor network, which primarily consists of over 720 truck equipment distributors who purchase directly from us located throughout the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as all provinces of Canada). We have longstanding relationships with many of our distributors, with an average tenure of 15 years. We continually seek to grow and optimize our network by opportunistically adding high-quality, well-capitalized distributors in select geographic areas and by cross-selling our industry-leading brands within our distribution network. Beginning in 2005, we began to extend our reach to international markets, establishing distribution relationships in Northern Europe and Asia, where we believe meaningful growth opportunities exist.

        The annual demand for snow and ice control equipment is driven primarily by the replacement cycle of the existing installed base, which is predominantly a function of the average life of a snowplow or spreader and is driven by usage and maintenance practices of the end-user. We believe actively-used snowplows are typically replaced, on average, every 7 to 8 years. The primary factor influencing the replacement cycle for snow and ice control equipment is the level, timing and location of snowfall.

        Accordingly, our sales depend primarily on the level, timing and location of snowfall. Sales of our products in any given year and region are most heavily influenced by local snowfall levels in the prior snow season. Heavy snowfall during a given winter causes usage of our equipment to increase, resulting in greater wear and tear and shortened life cycles, thereby creating a need for replacement equipment and additional parts and accessories. In addition, when there is a heavy snowfall in a given winter, the increased income our professional snowplowers generate from their professional snowplow activities provides them with increased purchasing power to purchase replacement snow and ice control equipment prior to the following winter. Moreover, in our experience, the timing of snowfall in a given winter also influences our end-users' decision-making process. Because an early snowfall can be viewed as a sign of a heavy upcoming snow season, our end-users may respond to an early snowfall by purchasing replacement snow and ice control equipment earlier than they might otherwise have. Alternatively, light snowfall during a given winter season may cause equipment usage to decrease, extending its useful life, and delaying replacement equipment purchases. Because the level, timing and location of snowfall are critical drivers of our sales, our results of operations vary from year-to-year and

38


Table of Contents


from season to season as snow fall varies from year to year. See "—Seasonality and Year-to-Year Variability" and "Risk Factors—The year-to-year variability of our business can cause our results of operations and financial condition to be materially different from year-to-year; whereas the seasonality of our business can cause our results of operations and financial condition to be materially different from quarter-to-quarter."

        The demand for our snow and ice control equipment can also be influenced by general economic conditions in the United States, as well as local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions in North America. In stronger economic conditions, our end-users may choose to replace or upgrade existing equipment before its useful life has ended, while in weak economic conditions, our end-users may seek to extend the useful life of equipment, thereby increasing the sales of parts and accessories. While our parts and accessories yield slightly higher gross margins than our snow and ice control equipment, they yield significantly lower revenue than equipment sales, which adversely affects our results of operations. However, since snow and ice control management is a non-discretionary service necessary to ensure public safety and continued personal and commercial mobility in populated areas that receive snowfall, end-users cannot extend the useful life of snow and ice control equipment indefinitely and must replace equipment that has become too worn, unsafe or unreliable, regardless of economic conditions.

Costs of Sales and Selling, General and Administrative Expense

        Our costs of sales consist primarily of variable costs, including labor, materials and manufacturing overhead, which average approximately 81% to 84% of our total costs of sales each year. Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of our expenses for general administration, sales, marketing, advertising, administration, incentive plans and intangible amortization. Because of our highly variable cost structure, we are able to easily reduce our costs of sales during periods following a year in which snowfall levels were low and during periods in which sales are lower. Our selling, general and administrative expenses can also be reduced temporarily in such periods to maximize cash flow.

        Although steel is a significant component of our cost of sales, we attempt to mitigate increases in the price of steel by implementing corollary price increases for our products in the form of a permanent price increase (in circumstances in which we believe the increase in the price of steel will be permanent) or temporary surcharges (in circumstances in which we believe the increase in the price of steel will be temporary).

        Specifically, our cost of sales increased in 2008 due in large part to rising steel costs but also due to increased sales. Through the implementation of a permanent price increase and temporary invoice surcharge commencing in the fourth quarter of 2008 and extending such price increase through the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the invoice surcharge through January 31, 2009, we were successful in insulating our gross profit from the effect of steel price increases on our 2008 purchases. Though we continued to mitigate the effect of rising steel costs in the first nine months of 2009, our gross profit in that period declined relative to the corresponding period in 2008. This was mainly due to the decline in unit sales of snow and ice control equipment we experienced and the consequent decrease in net sales relative to fixed costs. Notwithstanding that decrease, we believe the measures we have taken to mitigate the effect of steel prices remained effective in the first nine months of 2009, and we intend to continue to implement similar measures to mitigate steel cost increases in the future.

Results of Operations

Overview

        In assessing our results of operations in a given period, one of the primary factors we consider is the level of snowfall experienced within the prior snow season. We typically compare the snowfall level in a given period both to the snowfall level in the prior season and to those snowfall levels we consider to be average. References to "average snowfall" levels below refer to the aggregate average inches of

39


Table of Contents


snowfall recorded in 66 cities in 26 snowbelt states in the United States during the annual snow season, from October 1 through March 31, from 1980 to 2009. During this period, snowfall averaged 2,983 inches, with the low in such period being 2,094 inches and the high being 4,502 inches.

        Our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 were negatively impacted by below average snowfall during the October 1, 2005 to March 31, 2006 snow season (approximately 8% below average) and October 1, 2006 to March 31, 2007 snow season (approximately 11% below average). During the October 1, 2007 to March 31, 2008 and October 1, 2008 to March 31, 2009 snow seasons, we experienced above average snowfall (approximately 22% above average during the October 1, 2007 to March 31, 2008 snow season and 23% above average during the October 1, 2008 to March 31, 2009 snow season). Despite above average snowfalls during both of these periods, we believe that the economic downturn resulted in lower sales of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, but increased sales of our parts and accessories as a percentage of total net sales during the year ended December 31, 2008 and nine months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to prior periods, because weakened economic conditions tend to cause our end-users to delay purchase of replacement snow and ice control equipment and instead repair their existing equipment.

        Sales of parts and accessories for 2008 were $28.7 million, or approximately 85% higher than average annual parts and accessories sales over the preceding ten years. Management believes the increased sales of parts and accessories is a result of the deferral of new equipment purchases due to the severe economic downturn in 2008 and            , as many end-users chose to extend the life of their existing equipment beyond the typical replacement cycle. Although sales of snow and ice control units increased by 18.2% in 2008 as compared to 2007, management believes that absent the recent economic downturn, equipment sales in 2008 would have been considerably higher due to the high levels of snowfall during the year. Equipment unit sales in 2008 remained 11% below the ten-year average, despite the fact that snowfall levels in 2008 were approximately 22% above the ten-year average. Management believes this deferral of new equipment purchases could result in an elevated multi-year replacement cycle as the economy recovers.

        The following table shows our sales of snow and ice control equipment and related parts and accessories as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated. During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007, and 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009, we sold 45,703, 40,538, 47,911, 36,133 and 31,315 units of snow and ice control equipment, respectively.

 
  Year ended
December 31,
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2008   2009  

Equipment

    90 %   87 %   84 %   86 %   85 %

Parts and accessories

    10 %   13 %   16 %   14 %   15 %

        The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, the consolidated statements of operations of Douglas Holdings and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In the table below and throughout this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements. The information contained in the table below should be read in

40


Table of Contents


conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  For the year ended December 31,   For the nine months
ended September 30
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net sales

  $ 145,779   $ 140,065   $ 180,108   $ 132,588   $ 125,206  

Cost of sales

    100,547     97,249     117,911     89,084     87,523  
                       

Gross profit

    45,232     42,816     62,197     43,504     37,683  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    24,773     22,180     26,561     20,368     21,130  
                       

Income from operations

    20,459     20,636     35,636     23,136     16,553  

Interest expense, net

   
(20,095

)
 
(19,622

)
 
(17,299

)
 
(12,765

)
 
(11,756

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        (2,733 )            

Other income (expense), net

   
276
   
(87

)
 
(73

)
 
(70

)
 
(105

)
                       

Income (loss) before taxes

    640     (1,806 )   18,264     10,301     4,692  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    443     (749 )   6,793     3,926     1,964  
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 197   $ (1,057 ) $ 11,471   $ 6,375   $ 2,728  
                       

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage of certain items in our consolidated statement of operations data, relative to net sales:

 
  For the year ended
December 31,
  For the nine months
ended September 30
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2008   2009  

Net sales

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of sales

    69.0     69.4     65.5     67.2     69.9  
                       

Gross profit

    31.0     30.6     34.5     32.8     30.1  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    17.0     15.8     14.7     15.4     16.9  
                       

Income from operations

    14.0     14.7     19.8     17.4     13.2  
                       

Net income (loss)

    0.1 %   (0.8 )%   6.4 %   4.8 %   2.2 %

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008

        Net Sales.    Net sales were $125.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $132.6 million in the corresponding period in 2008, a decrease of $7.4 million, or 5.6%. This decline was driven by a decline in unit sales of snow and ice control equipment of 13.3% from the prior year period, in part because of a decline in general economic conditions. Of this unit sales decline, 48.8% occurred in the first quarter of 2009 versus 2008. The decline in net sales in the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was partially offset by (i) the price increases implemented beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008 which extended through the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to cover steel cost inflation and (ii) the successful introduction of a new half-ton plow in June 2009. Further, our net sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 were higher than the corresponding period in 2009 as a heavy snowfall in December 2007 caused our order flow to be unusually high toward the end of December 2007, resulting in a backlog at the start of 2008 and the shipment of an above average number of units in the first quarter of 2008. In comparison to net sales of snow and ice control equipment, net sales of parts and accessories remained strong during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2008, with net sales of parts and accessories of $18.5 million and $18.7 million, respectively. The strong sales of parts and

41


Table of Contents

accessories for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009 were due in large part to the downturn in general economic conditions and local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions, which led many of our end-users to repair their existing snow and ice control equipment instead of purchasing new equipment.

        Cost of Sales.    Cost of sales were $87.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $89.1 million for the corresponding period in 2008, a decrease of $1.6 million, or 1.8%. This decrease was driven primarily by reduced component costs caused by the decrease in unit sales of snow and ice control equipment, as discussed above. Costs of sales as a percentage of net sales, however, increased from 67.2% in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to 69.9% in the nine months ended September 30, 2009 as a result of the decline in net sales in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, the increased cost of steel and the implementation of price increases to cover the increased cost of steel (because these price increases increased both our net sales and our cost of sales). As a percentage of cost of sales, fixed and variable costs were approximately 18% and 82% respectively for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 versus approximately 16% and 84% in the nine months ended September 30, 2008.

        Gross Profit.    Gross profit was $37.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $43.5 million in the corresponding period in 2008, a decrease of $5.8 million, or 13.3%, due primarily to the decline in net sales. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit decreased from 32.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to 30.1% for the corresponding period in 2009, as a result of the factors discussed above under "—net sales" and "—cost of sales."

        Selling, General and Administrative.    Selling, general and administrative expenses were $21.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $20.4 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $0.7 million, or 3.4%. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 15.4% in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to 16.9% in the corresponding period in 2009 due to the decline in net sales discussed above.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense was $11.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to $12.8 million in the corresponding period in 2008, a decrease of $1.0 million. This decrease was due to $1.5 million lower interest rates on our term loan partially offset by $0.5 million of reduced interest income due to lower interest rates on short term cash investments.

        Net Income.    Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was $2.7 million compared to net income of $6.4 million for the corresponding period in 2008, a decrease of $3.7 million, or 57.8%. This decrease was driven by the factors described above, and primarily by the lower level of unit sales of snow and ice control equipment in the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the corresponding period in 2008. As a percentage of net sales, net income was 2.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to 4.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

        Net Sales.    Net sales were $180.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $140.1 million in the prior year, an increase of $40.0 million, or 28.6%. The primary drivers of this increase were (1) a 37.7% increase in snowfall levels in the 2007 to 2008 snow season versus the 2006 to 2007 snow season, resulting in an 18.2% increase in the units of snow and ice control equipment sold in 2008 compared to 2007, (2) record sales of parts and accessories of $28.7 million in 2008, an increase of $10.7 million compared to 2007, which we believe was driven by the downturn in general economic conditions and local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions, which led many of our end-users to repair their existing snow and ice control equipment instead of purchasing new equipment;

42


Table of Contents

and (3) an average price increase of 10% consisting of a 7.0% permanent price increase for our products, along with a 3.0% price increase in the form of a steel surcharge due to higher steel prices.

        Cost of Sales.    Cost of sales were $117.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $97.2 million for the prior year, an increase of $20.7 million, or 21.3%. This increase was driven almost entirely by the increase in unit sales of snow and ice control equipment and parts and accessories, as discussed above. As a percentage of net sales, cost of sales decreased from 69.4% in 2007 to 65.5% in 2008. As a percentage of cost of sales, fixed and variable costs were approximately 16% and 84% respectively for the year ended December 31, 2008 versus approximately 19% and 81% for the year ended December 31, 2007.

        Gross Profit.    Gross profit was $62.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $42.8 million in the prior year, an increase of $19.4 million, or 45.3%. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit increased from 30.6% in 2007 to 34.5% in 2008, as a result of the factors discussed above under "—net sales" and "—cost of sales."

        Selling, General and Administrative.    Selling, general and administrative expenses were $26.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $22.2 million for the prior year, an increase of $4.4 million, or 19.8%. This increase was driven by increased sales in 2008 which required us to increase our labor headcount, marketing and incentive plans. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 15.8% in the 2007 to 14.7% in 2008.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense was $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a decrease of $2.3 million. This decrease was mainly due to $1.2 million in lower interest on our term loan, $0.5 million lower interest on our revolving credit facility and a $0.5 million reduction in amortization of deferred financing costs.

        Net Income.    As a result of the factors discussed above, net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $11.5 million compared to a net loss of $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. As a percentage of net sales, net income was 6.4% for 2008 and (0.8)% for 2007.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

        Net Sales.    Net sales were $140.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to net sales of $145.8 million for the prior year, a decrease of $5.7 million, or 3.9%. This decrease was primarily driven by an 11.3% decline in unit sales of snow and ice control equipment as distributors reduced their purchases of snow and ice control equipment due to high distributor inventory levels as a result of two straight years of below average snowfall following a period of strong purchasing activity from 2003 through 2006. Partially offsetting the unit volume decline of snow and ice control equipment was the positive impact of a 3.0% average product price increase, and a $3.7 million or 25.6% increase in sales of parts and accessories, which was primarily the result of heavy snowfall in the month of December 2007, resulting in significant equipment maintenance in the middle of the snow season.

        Cost of Sales.    Cost of sales were $97.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $100.5 million for the prior year, a decrease of $3.3 million, or 3.3%. This decrease was driven primarily by decreases in unit volumes, as discussed above. Additionally, cost of sales improved $1.5 million year over year, largely as a result of the non-recurring costs incurred in 2006 to integrate the newly acquired Blizzard Corporation operations into our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility. As a percentage of net sales, cost of sales increased slightly from 69.0% in 2006 to 69.4% in 2007. As a percentage of cost of sales, fixed and variable costs were approximately 19% and 81% respectively for the year ended December 31, 2007 versus approximately 18% and 82% for the year ended December 31, 2006.

43


Table of Contents

        Gross Profit.    Gross profit was $42.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to gross profit of $45.2 million for the prior year, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 5.3%. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit decreased from 31.0% in 2006 to 30.6% in 2007, as a result of the factors discussed above under "—net sales" and "—cost of sales."

        Selling, General and Administrative.    Selling, general and administrative expenses were $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to $24.8 million in the prior year, a decrease of $2.6 million, or 10.5%. This decline was driven by spending cuts which we implemented in 2007 in response to below average snowfall levels in an effort to maximize income and cash flow. More specifically, in 2007 we instituted a temporary reduction in headcount, advertising, consulting and other spending areas resulting in over $3.0 million in savings. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 17.0% in 2006 to 15.8% in 2007.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense was $19.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2007 compared to interest expense of $20.1 million in the prior year, a decrease of $0.5 million. This decrease was due to lower draws under our revolving credit facility, as pre-season orders were lower than in the prior year as distributors reduced purchases to adjust inventory levels, as discussed in "net sales" above. In turn, our accounts receivables and shipping costs were lower, reducing the amount by which we needed to draw on our revolving credit facility.

        Net Income.    We experienced a net loss of $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to net income of $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a decrease in net income of $1.3 million. As a percentage of net sales, net income was (0.8)% for 2007 compared to 0.1% for 2006.

Adjusted EBITDA

        The following table sets forth our Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented. For more information, please see the discussion of Adjusted EBITDA in "Prospectus Summary."

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2006
  Year ended
December 31,
2007
  Year ended
December 31,
2008
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2008
  Nine months
ended
September 30,
2009
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 32,564   $ 32,745   $ 47,742   $ 32,385   $ 28,036  
                       

        Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was $28.0 million compared to $32.4 million in the corresponding period in 2008, a decrease of $4.4 million, or 13.6%. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA decreased from 24.4% in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to 22.4% in the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $47.7 million compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $15.0 million, or 45.9%. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA increased from 23.4% in 2007 to 26.5% in 2008. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $32.7 million compared to $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase of $0.1 million, or 0.3%. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA increased from 22.3% in 2006 to 23.4% in 2007. In addition to the specific changes resulting from the exceptions, the changes to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods discussed resulted from factors discussed above under "—Results of Operations."

44


Table of Contents

        The following table presents a reconciliation of net income, the most comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA, for each of the periods indicated. For more information, please see the discussion of Adjusted EBITDA in "Prospectus Summary."

 
  For the year ended December 31,   For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 197   $ (1,057 ) $ 11,471   $ 6,375   $ 2,728  
 

Interest expense—net

    20,095     19,622     17,299     12,765     11,756  
 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        2,733              
 

Income taxes

    443     (749 )   6,793     3,926     1,964  
 

Depreciation expense

    4,284     4,632     4,650     3,715     3,877  
 

Amortization

    6,166     6,164     6,160     4,620     4,621  
                       

EBITDA

    31,185     31,345     46,373     31,401     24,946  
 

Management fees

    1,379     1,400     1,369     984     1,066  
 

Stock repurchase(1)

                    738  
 

Other non-recurring charges(2)

                    1,286  
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 32,564   $ 32,745   $ 47,742   $ 32,385   $ 28,036  
                       

(1)
Reflects the non-cash expense associated with the repurchase of stock options from certain Douglas executives.

(2)
Reflects severance expenses and one-time, non-recurring expenses for facility preparation and moving costs related to the closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee facility of $897 and certain legal expenses of $389.

Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. These estimates and assumptions are often based on judgments that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances at the time made, but all such estimates and assumptions are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Actual results may differ from those estimates and assumptions, and it is possible that other professionals, applying their own judgment to the same facts and circumstances, could develop and support alternative estimates and assumptions that would result in material changes to our operating results and financial condition. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.

        The most significant accounting estimates inherent in the preparation of our financial statements include estimates used in the determination of liabilities related to pension obligations, recovery of accounts receivable, impairment assessment of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, as well as estimates used in the determination of liabilities related to taxation and product warranty.

        We believe the following are the critical accounting policies that affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Defined Benefit Pension Obligation

        As discussed in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the pension benefit obligation and related pension expense or income of our pension plans

45


Table of Contents


are calculated in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 715-30, Defined Benefit Plans-Pension, and are impacted by certain actuarial assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets. Rates are evaluated on an annual basis considering such factors as market interest rates and historical asset performance. Actuarial valuations for 2008 used a discount rate of 6.0% and an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8.0%. Our discount rate reflects the expected future cash flow based upon our funding valuation assumptions and participant data at the beginning of the plan year. The expected future cash flow was discounted by the Citigroup Pension Liability Index yield curve for the month preceding the 2008 year end.

        In estimating the expected return on plan assets, we analyze historical and expected returns for multiple asset classes. The overall rate for each asset class was developed by combining a long-term inflation component, the risk-free real rate of return, and the associated risk premium. A weighted average rate was then developed based upon those overall rates and the target asset allocation of the plan. Changes in the discount rate and return on assets can have a significant effect on the funded status of our pension plans, stockholders' equity and related expense. We cannot predict these changes in discount rates or investment returns and, therefore, cannot reasonably estimate whether the impact in subsequent years will be significant. The funded status of our pension plans is the difference between the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of its plan assets. The projected benefit obligation is the actuarial present value of all benefits expected to be earned by our employees service adjusted for future wage increases. At December 31, 2008, our pension obligation funded status was $10.4 million unfunded.

        Our funding policy for our pension plans is to contribute amounts at least equal to the minimum annual amount required by applicable regulations. We contributed approximately $1.2 million to our pension plans in 2008. See Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a more detailed description of our pension plans.

Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        The Company recognizes revenues upon shipment to the customer which is when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) the price is fixed or determinable; (iii) collectability is reasonably assured; and (iv) delivery has occurred. Net sales include freight out as well as reductions for returns and allowances, and sales discounts.

        We carry our accounts receivable at their face amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts. On a periodic basis, we evaluate our accounts receivable and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of specific distributor circumstances and credit conditions taking into account the history of write-offs and collections. A receivable is considered past due if payment has not been received within the period agreed upon in the invoice. Accounts receivable are written off after all collection efforts have been exhausted. We do not require collateral as security for accounts receivable. See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information regarding our allowance for doubtful accounts.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        Long-lived assets are reviewed for potential impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying value of such assets to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the carrying value of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment provision is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair value of the asset, less costs of disposition. Our management considers such factors as current results, trends and future prospects, current market value, and other

46


Table of Contents


economic and regulatory factors in performing these analyses. We determined that no long-lived assets were impaired as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        We perform an annual impairment test for goodwill and trade names and more frequently if an event or circumstances indicate that an impairment loss has been incurred. Conditions that would trigger an impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climate that could affect the value of an asset. The analysis of potential impairment of goodwill requires a two-step process. The first step is the estimation of fair value of the applicable reporting unit. We have determined we have one reporting unit, and all significant decisions are made on a companywide basis by our chief operating decision maker. Estimated fair value is based on management judgments and assumptions and such estimates of fair value are compared with our aggregate carrying value. If our fair value is greater than the carrying amount, there is no impairment. If our carrying amount is greater than the fair value, then the second step must be completed to measure the amount of impairment, if any.

        The second step calculates the implied fair value of the goodwill, which is compared to its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated by valuing all of the tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit at the hypothetical fair value, assuming the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The excess of the fair value of the entire reporting unit over the fair value of its identifiable assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference. Annual impairment tests conducted by us on December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 resulted in no adjustment to the carrying value of our indefinite-lived intangibles.

        Our goodwill and trade name balances could be impaired in future periods. A number of factors, many of which we have no ability to control, could affect our financial condition, operating results and business prospects and could cause actual results to differ from the estimates and assumptions we employed. These factors include:

    a prolonged global economic crisis;

    a significant decrease in the demand for our products;

    the inability to develop new and enhanced products and services in a timely manner;

    a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate;

    an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; and

    successful efforts by our competitors to gain market share in our markets.

        Our cash flow assumptions are based on historical and forecasted revenue, operating costs and other relevant factors. If management's estimates of future operating results change or if there are changes to other assumptions, the estimate of the fair value of our business may change significantly. Such change could result in impairment charges in future periods, which could have a significant impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Income Taxes

        Our estimate of income taxes payable, deferred income taxes and the effective tax rate is based on an analysis of many factors including interpretations of federal and state income tax laws, the difference between tax and financial reporting bases and liabilities, estimates of amounts currently due or owed in various jurisdictions, and current accounting standards. We review and update our estimates on a quarterly basis as facts and circumstances change and actual results are known.

47


Table of Contents

        We have generated significant deferred tax assets as a result of goodwill and intangible asset book versus tax differences as well as net operating loss carryforwards. In assessing the ability to realize these deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the years in which those temporary differences become deductable. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. As a result of this analysis, we have recorded a valuation allowance against certain of these deferred tax assets.

        On January 1, 2007, we adopted accounting guidance originally issued under Financial Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (codified in ASC 740 Income Taxes). This interpretation prescribes the minimum recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. This pronouncement also provides guidance on the measurement, classification and recognition of tax positions. As a result of the adoption of this pronouncement, accruals for tax contingencies, if any, are provided for in accordance with the requirements of ASC 740. See Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information regarding our accounting for income taxes.

Warranty Cost Recognition

        We accrue for estimated warranty costs as sales are recognized and periodically assess the adequacy of the recorded warranty liability and adjust the amount as necessary. Our warranties generally provide, with respect to our snow and ice control equipment, that all material and workmanship will be free from defect for a period of two years after the date of purchase by the end-user, and with respect to our parts and accessories purchased separately, that such parts and accessories will be free from defect for a period of one year after the date of purchase by the end-user. Certain snowplows only provide for a one year warranty. We accrue for warranty expense when revenue is recognized. We determine the amount of the estimated warranty costs (and our corresponding warranty reserve) based on our prior five years of warranty history utilizing a formula driven by historical warranty expense and applying management's judgment. We adjust our historical warranty costs to take into account unique factors such as the introduction of new products into the marketplace that do not provide a historical warranty record to access.

New Accounting Pronouncements

        In 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") originally issued guidance under Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainties in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (codification in ASC Topic 740-10 ("ASC 740-10"). This interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The new standard was effective for us beginning in 2007. As a result of the adoption of ASC 740-10, we recognized an increase in the liability of unrecognized tax benefits of $985, an increase in other assets of $434 and a reduction of the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings of $551.

        In September 2006, the FASB originally issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 158, Employer's Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87,88, 106 and 123R (codification in ASC Topic 715 ("ASC 715")). ASC 715 requires us to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in the consolidated balance sheet and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income (loss). Additionally, ASC 715 requires us to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its fiscal year-end. On December 31, 2006, we adopted the provisions of ASC 715 by recognizing the funded status of its defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans in the consolidated

48


Table of Contents


balance sheet (see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.). ASC 715 also requires the measurement date for plan assets and benefit obligations to coincide with our year-end. For the year ended December 31, 2008, we changed the measurement date for plan assets and benefit obligations from September 30 to December 31 (see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.)

        In September 2006, the FASB originally issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (codification in ASC Topic 820 ("ASC 820")). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes information used in developing assumptions when pricing an asset or liability. The adoption of ASC 820 as of December 31, 2008 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2007, the FASB originally issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combination (codification in ASC Topic 805 ("ASC 805")). This statement requires the acquiring entity in a business combination to recognize all assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction, establishes the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed and requires the acquirer to disclose certain information related to the nature and financial effect of the business combination. ASC 805 is effective for business combinations entered into in fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. ASC 805 applies to acquisitions completed by us after January 1, 2009.

        Effective July 1, 2009 the company adopted FASB Topic ASC 105-10, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—Overall ("ASC 105-10"). ASC 105-10 establishes the FASB ASC as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied in the preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Included in this ASC topic is SFAS No. 165, Subsequent Events. ASC 105-10 establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. ASC 105-10 requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date. We adopted ASC 105-10 during our second quarter of 2009 and it had no impact on our results of operations or financial position.

        In May 2009, the FASB originally issued SFAS No. 168, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—A replacement of FASB Statement No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (codification in ASC Topic 855 ("ASC 855")). The objective of ASC 855-10 is to replace SFAS No. 162 and to establish the FASB Accounting Standards Codification as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. ASC 855-10 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 855-10 did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our principal sources of cash have been and we expect will continue to be cash from operations and borrowings under our senior credit facilities.

        Following this offering, we anticipate that our primary uses of cash will be to provide working capital, meet debt service requirements, finance capital expenditures, pay dividends under our dividend policy and support our growth, including through potential acquisitions, and for other general corporate purposes. As discussed under "Use of Proceeds," we expect to use the proceeds from this offering together with            to redeem our senior notes, including the accrued and unpaid interest thereon

49


Table of Contents


and the associated redemption premium 30 days following the consummation of this offering for a total of $             million.

        Our Board of Directors will adopt a dividend policy, effective upon the consummation of this offering, that reflects an intention to distribute to our stockholders a regular quarterly cash dividend. The declaration and payment of these dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition and earnings, legal requirements, taxes and other factors our Board of Directors may deem to be relevant. The terms of our indebtedness may also restrict us from paying cash dividends on our common stock under certain circumstances. As a result of this dividend policy, we may not have significant cash available to meet any large unanticipated liquidity requirements. As a result, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash to fund our operations or to finance unanticipated capital expenditures or growth opportunities, including acquisitions. Our Board of Directors may, however, amend, revoke or suspend our dividend policy at any time and for any reason. See "Dividend Policy and Restrictions."

        As of September 30, 2009, we had $67.2 million of total liquidity, comprised of $17.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and the ability to borrow $50.0 million under our revolving credit facility. We expect that cash on hand, generated from operations, as well available credit under our senior credit facilities will provide adequate funds for the purposes described above for at least the next 12 months.

Cash Flow Analysis

        Set forth below is summary cash flow information for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 as well as summary cash flow information for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2009.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2008   2009  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net cash flow provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 4,763   $ 20,040   $ 23,411   $ (33,377 ) $ (39,883 )

Net cash flow used in investing activities

    (3,471 )   (1,045 )   (3,113 )   (1,932 )   (4,821 )

Net cash flow provided by (used in) financing activities

    (25,753 )   4,083     (2,265 )   2,261     8,362  
                       

Increase (decrease) in cash

  $ (24,461 ) $ 23,078   $ 18,033   $ (33,048 ) $ (36,342 )
                       

Sources and Uses of Cash

        During the three-year and nine month periods described above, net cash provided by operating activities was used for funding capital investment, building inventories, retiring preferred stock, and related dividends, paying interest on both our senior notes and senior credit facilities, and funding working capital requirements during our pre-season shipping period.

        Normal year-end inventories range from $25.0 million to $30.0 million. In the year ended December 31, 2007, however, our inventory balance was reduced to $17.1 million. That reduction resulted from:

    two straight years of below average snowfall reducing in-season demand for snow and ice control equipment, and

    our decision to keep inventory levels low at that time in order to maximize cash flow during a period of below average snowfall and earnings.

50


Table of Contents

        The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents and inventories at December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and September 30, 2008 and 2009.

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2009
 
 
  2006   2007   2008  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 12,441   $ 35,519   $ 53,552   $ 17,210  

Inventory

    27,286     17,086     28,802     26,853  

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008

        Our working capital requirements reach their peak toward the end of the third quarter as our pre-season shipping period ends at that time. Approximately 80% of our shipments during the second and third quarters are invoiced with extended dating terms, with payment not required until the fourth quarter. Thus, cash is consumed through September 30 resulting in net negative cash flow for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.

        We had cash and cash equivalents of $17.2 million at September 30, 2009 compared to cash and cash equivalents of $2.5 million at September 30, 2008. The table below sets forth a summary of the significant sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents for the periods presented.

 
  Nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2008   2009   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Net cash used in operating activities

  $ (33,377 ) $ (39,883 ) $ (6,506 )   (19.5 )%

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,932 )   (4,821 )   (2,889 )   (149.5 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    2,261     8,362     6,101     269.8  
                     

Decrease in cash

  $ (33,048 ) $ (36,342 ) $ (3,294 )   10.0 %
                     

        Net cash used in operating activities increased $6.5 million from the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase in cash used in operating activities was due to increased accounts receivable growth due to increased pre-season shipments, reduced net income, a lower income tax receivable, and a reduction in accruals with respect to the Company's Annual Incentive Plan and non-executive employee profit sharing plan. The increase was offset by an $11.6 million decrease in inventory build up (due to a $9.6 million build up in inventory in the nine months ended September 30, 2008 to support increased sales volume as compared to a relatively small inventory build up in the nine months ended September 30, 2009).

        Net cash used in investing activities increased $2.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009, compared to the corresponding period in 2008, mainly as a result of increases in capital investments of approximately $2.0 million in our manufacturing facilities in Milwaukee, Wisconsin and Rockland, Maine to support the closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility planned for mid-2010.

        Net cash provided by financing activities increased $6.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2009 compared to the corresponding period in 2008, as a result of an increase in borrowings under our revolving credit facility of $7.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 in order to fund working capital requirements.

51


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

        We had cash of $53.6 million at December 31, 2008 compared to cash of $35.5 million at December 31, 2007. The table below sets forth a summary of the significant sources and uses of cash for the periods presented.

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2007   2008   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 20,040   $ 23,411   $ 3,371     16.8 %

Net cash used in investing activities

    (1,045 )   (3,113 )   (2,068 )   (197.9 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    4,083     (2,265 )   (6,348 )   (155.5 )
                     

Increase (decrease) in cash

  $ 23,078   $ 18,033   $ (5,045 )   (21.9 )%
                     

        Net cash provided by operating activities increased $3.4 million from 2007 to 2008. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was due higher net income, a decrease in accounts receivable growth due to the fact that accounts receivable balances at December 31, 2007 were particularly high as a result of the significant order flow received in December of 2007, a reduction in income tax receivable from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, and an increase in accrued incentive plan expenses from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008. The increase was offset by a $21.9 million net increase in inventory build up from 2007 to 2008.

        Net cash used in investing activities decreased $2.1 million in 2008 compared to 2007, as capital expenditures returned to historical levels in 2008 following a substantial reduction in 2007 spending to maximize cash flow in a below average snowfall year.

        Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $6.3 million in 2008 compared to 2007, due mainly to a non-recurring recapitalization of our debt structure in May 2007, which provided an additional $4.1 million of cash in 2007.

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006

        We had cash of $35.5 million at December 31, 2007 compared to cash of $12.4 million at December 31, 2006. The table below sets forth a summary of the significant sources and uses of cash for the periods presented.

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2006   2007   Change   % Change  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
   
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 4,763   $ 20,040   $ 15,277     320.7 %

Net cash used in investing activities

    (3,471 )   (1,045 )   2,426     69.9  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (25,753 )   4,083     29,836     (115.9 )
                     

Increase (decrease) in cash

  $ (24,461 ) $ 23,078   $ 47,539     194.3 %
                     

        Net cash provided by operating activities increased $15.3 million from 2006 to 2007. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was due to a $9.8 million of inventory build up in 2006 as compared to $10.2 million in cash provided from inventory sales in 2007, and an increase in income taxes payable. This increase was offset by a decrease in net income, an increase in accrued annual incentive plan expenses at December 31, 2007 compared to December 31, 2006 and an increase in accounts receivable.

52


Table of Contents

        Net cash used in investing activities decreased $2.4 million in 2007 compared to 2006, as capital expenditures were proactively reduced by $2.4 million in 2007 to maximize short term cash flow in a below average snowfall year.

        Net cash provided for financing activities increased $29.8 million in 2007 compared to 2006, as the Company used cash in 2006 to redeem its Series A preferred stock (including cumulative dividends) totaling $13.8 million and made payments to reduce long term debt of $11.8 million.

Future Obligations and Commitments

Contractual Obligations

        We are subject to certain contractual obligations, including long-term debt and related interest. We have unrecognized tax benefits of $0.9 million as of December 31, 2008. However, we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the period of potential cash settlement of the underlying liabilities, therefore, we have not included unrecognized tax benefits in calculating the obligations set forth in the following table of significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008.

(Dollars in thousands)
  Total   2009   2010   2011   2012   After 2012  

Long-term debt

                                     
 

Term loan

  $ 83,513   $ 850   $ 850   $ 81,813   $   $  
 

Senior notes(1)

    150,000                 150,000      
 

Revolver

    10,000     10,000                  

Interest on long-term debt(2)

    45,711     14,267     16,667     14,299     478      
                           

Total contracted cash obligations(3)

  $ 289,224   $ 25,117   $ 17,517   $ 96,112   $ 150,478   $  
                           

(1)
We expect to use the proceeds from this offering together with            to redeem our senior notes 30 days following the consummation of this offering.

(2)
Assumes all debt will remain outstanding until maturity. Interest payments were calculated using interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2008, except for 2009 for which actual interest payments were available and used.

(3)
Pension obligations are excluded from this table as we are unable to estimate the timing of payments related to these obligations. The minimum required contribution to our pension plans was $1.4 million in 2009 and is expected to be $0.9 million in 2010.

Senior Credit Facilities

        Our debt structure includes a first lien credit facility which consists of a $60.0 million asset based revolving credit facility and an $85.0 million term loan. As of September 30, 2009, we had $82.9 million of borrowings under our term loan and $10.0 million under our revolving credit facility.

        After effecting the discharge of our senior notes, and unless terminated earlier, our term loan facility will mature in May 2013 and any borrowings thereunder bear interest, at our option, at a base rate plus 1.25% or LIBOR plus 2.25%.

        After effecting the discharge of our senior notes, and unless terminated earlier, our revolving credit facility will mature in May 2012 and borrowings thereunder bear interest, at our option, at a base rate or LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for base rate loans is either 0.25% or 0.50% and the applicable margin for LIBOR loans is either 1.25% or 1.50%, in each case determined based on our leverage ratio from time to time. Our borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility is, subject to certain reserves and limitations, limited to a borrowing base of 100% of cash on hand, 85% of eligible accounts receivable and the lesser of 70% of the cost of eligible inventory or

53


Table of Contents


85% of the liquidation value of eligible inventory. Also, our revolving credit facility requires us to maintain at least $6.0 million of borrowing availability measured as (i) the lesser of aggregate lender commitments and the facility's borrowing base over (ii) outstanding loans and letters of credit. At September 30, 2009, we had $10 million of outstanding debt under our revolving credit agreement and, subject to certain availability requirements, had availability of $50.0 million.

        Both our senior credit facilities include certain negative and operating covenants, including restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, and other customary covenants, representations and warranties and events of default. In addition, our revolving credit facility includes a requirement that, subject to certain exceptions, capital expenditures not exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year and, during the occurrence of a liquidity event, we must comply with a monthly minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test of 1.0:1.0. Compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio test is subject to certain cure rights under our revolving credit facility. For a more complete description of our senior credit facilities, including the covenants described above, see "Description of Indebtedness—Senior Credit Facilities" and for a description of certain risks related to our senior credit facilities see "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry." As of September 30, 2009, we were in compliance with the covenants under our senior credit facilities.

        Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures and working capital requirements will depend upon our ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject to the level, timing, and location of snowfall as well as general economic, financial and industry conditions and other factors that are beyond our control as well as the factors described in the "Risk Factors."

73/4% Senior Notes Due 2012

        We currently have $150 million in aggregate principal amount of our senior notes outstanding, which bear interest at a rate of 73/4% per annum and mature on January 15, 2012. We plan to use the proceeds from this offering together with            to redeem our senior notes. Promptly following the consummation of this offering, we intend to deliver a notice of redemption in accordance with the terms of the indenture governing our senior notes and deposit with the trustee of our senior notes a total of $            million, comprised of the principal amount, together with the accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the associated redemption premium. Upon such deposit, the indenture governing our senior notes will cease to be of any further force or effect. We anticipate that our senior notes will be redeemed on            (30 days following the consummation of this offering). We also intend to amend our existing credit facility prior to this offering to permit this redemption of our senior notes.

Deductibility of Intangible and Goodwill Expense

        We possess a favorable tax structure with approximately $18 million of annual tax-deductible intangible and goodwill expense over the next ten years.

Impact of Inflation

        We do not believe that inflation risk is material to our business or our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows at this time. Historically, we have experienced normal raw material, labor and fringe benefit inflation. To date we have been able to fully offset this inflation by providing higher value products, which command higher prices. In both 2004 and 2008, we experienced a significant increase in steel costs but have been able to mitigate their effects through both temporary and permanent steel surcharges, where appropriate. See "Risk Factors—The price of steel, a commodity necessary to manufacture our products, is highly variable. If the price of steel increases, our gross margins could decline."

54


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We are not party to any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Seasonality and Year-To-Year Variability

        Our business is seasonal and also varies from year-to-year. Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition vary from quarter-to-quarter and from year-to-year as well. In addition, because of this seasonality and variability, our results of operations for any quarter may not be indicative of results of operations that may be achieved for a subsequent quarter or the full year, and may not be similar to results of operations experienced in prior years.

        Sales of our products are significantly impacted by the level, timing and location of snowfall, with sales in any given year and region most heavily influenced by snowfall levels in the prior snow season (which begins in October and ends in March) in that region. This is due to the fact that end-user demand for our products is driven primarily by the condition of their snow and ice control equipment, and in the case of professional snowplowers, by their financial ability to purchase new or replacement snow and ice control equipment, both of which are tied to snowfall levels. Heavy snowfall during a given winter causes usage of our products to increase, resulting in greater wear and tear to our products and a shortening of their life cycles, thereby creating a need for replacement snow and ice control equipment and related parts and accessories. In addition, when there is a heavy snowfall in a given winter, the increased income our professional snowplowers generate from their professional snowplow activities provides them with increased purchasing power to purchase replacement snow and ice control equipment prior to the following winter. To a lesser extent, sales of our products are influenced by the timing of snowfall in a given winter. Because an early snowfall can be viewed as a sign of a heavy upcoming snow season, our end-users may respond to an early snowfall by purchasing replacement snow and ice control equipment during the current season rather that delaying purchases until after the season is over when most purchases are typically made by end-users.

        The following chart illustrates the effects of snowfall levels in the snowbelt states in a given winter on the number of units of snow and ice control equipment we shipped in the following year. Snowfall levels represent the aggregate number of inches of snowfall recorded in each of 66 cities in 26 snowbelt states across the Northeast, East, Midwest and Western United States where we monitor snowfall levels. With respect to the calculation of units shipped, each year in the following chart represents the calendar year period from January 1 to December 31. With respect to the calculation of snowfall, each year in the following chart represents the period beginning on October 1 of the prior year and extending through the following March 31. Thus, for example, the number of units shipped in 2001 represents the total units of snow and ice control equipment we shipped from January 1, 2001 to December 31, 2001, whereas the 2001 snowfall level reflects snowfall in the snowbelt states in the period from October 1, 2000 through March 31, 2001. As the chart indicates, heavy snowfall levels in a given winter tend to lead to increased unit shipments of our snow and ice control equipment in the following year, whereas low snowfall levels in a given winter tend to lead to decreased units shipped of our snow and ice control equipment in the following year.

55


Table of Contents


Equipment Sales Versus Snowfall

GRAPHIC

Note:
Units of equipment sales for years 2002 through 2005 are adjusted to include units sold by Blizzard Corporation prior to its acquisition by us in November 2005. Data for Blizzard Corporation prior to 2002 is not available.

Source of snowfall data: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Weather Service

        The following chart depicts aggregate annual and eight-year (based on the typical life of our snowplows) rolling average of the aggregate snowfall levels in 66 cities in 26 snowbelt states across the Northeast, East, Midwest and Western United States where we monitor snowfall levels) from 1980 to 2009. As the chart indicates, since 1982 aggregate snowfall levels in any given rolling eight-year period have been fairly consistent, ranging from 2,742 to 3,295 inches.


Snowfall in Snowbelt States (inches)
(for October 1 through March 31)

GRAPHIC

Note: The 8-year rolling average snowfall is not presented prior to 1982 for purposes of the calculation due to lack of snowfall data prior to 1975.

Source: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Weather Service.

        We attempt to manage the seasonal impact of snowfall on our revenues in part through our pre-season sales program, which involves actively soliciting and encouraging pre-season distributor orders in the second and third quarters by offering our distributors a combination of pricing, payment and freight incentives during this period. These pre-season sales incentives encourage our distributors to re-stock their inventory during the second and third quarters in anticipation of the peak fourth quarter retail sales period by offering favorable pre-season pricing and payment deferral until the fourth quarter. As a result, we tend to generate our greatest volume of sales during the second and third quarters. By contrast, our revenue and operating results tend to be lowest during the first quarter as management believes our end-users prefer to wait until the beginning of a snow season to purchase new equipment and as our distributors sell off inventory and wait for our pre-season sales incentive period to re-stock inventory. Fourth quarter sales vary from year-to-year as they are primarily driven by

56


Table of Contents


the level, timing and location of snowfall during the quarter. This is because most of our fourth quarter sales and shipments consist of re-orders by distributors seeking to restock inventory to meet immediate customer needs caused by snowfall during the winter months.

        Because of the seasonality of our sales, we also experience seasonality in our working capital needs. In the first quarter we require capital as we are generally required to build our inventory in anticipation of our second and third quarter sales seasons. During the second and third quarters, our working capital requirements rise as our accounts receivables increase as a result of the sale and shipment of products ordered through our pre-season sales program and we continue to build inventory. Working capital requirements peak towards the end of the third quarter and then begin to decline through the fourth quarter through a reduction in accounts receivables (as it is in the fourth quarter that we receive a majority of the payments for previously shipped products).

        We also attempt to manage the impact of seasonality and year-to-year variability on our business costs through the effective management of our assets. See "Business—Our Business Strategy—Aggressive Asset Management and Profit Focus." Our asset management and profit focus strategies include:

    the employment of a highly variable cost structure facilitated by a core group of workers that we supplement with a temporary workforce as sales volumes dictate, which allows us to adjust costs on an as-needed basis in response to changing demand;

    our enterprise-wide lean concept that allows us to easily ramp production levels up or down to meet demand;

    the pre-season order program described above, which incentivizes distributors to place orders prior to the retail selling season; and

    a vertically integrated business model.

        Additionally, although modest, our capital expenditure requirements and operating expenses can be temporarily reduced in response to anticipated or actual lower sales to maximize cash flow. If we are unsuccessful in our asset management initiatives, the seasonality and year-to-year variability effects on our business may be compounded and in turn our results of operations and financial condition may suffer.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We do not use financial instruments for speculative trading purposes, and do not hold any derivative financial instruments that could expose us to significant market risk. Our primary market risk exposures are changes in interest rates and steel price fluctuations.

    Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to market risk primarily from changes in interest rates. Certain of our borrowings, including our term loan and any revolving borrowings under our senior credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. In addition, the interest rate on any revolving borrowings is subject to an increase in the interest rate based on our average daily availability under our revolving credit facility. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on our variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows would correspondingly decrease.

        As of September 30, 2009, we had outstanding borrowings under our term loan of $82.9 million. A hypothetical interest rate change of 1%, 1.5% and 2% on our term loan would have changed interest incurred for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 on an annualized basis by $0.83 million, $1.24 million and $1.66 million, respectively. Further, as of September 30, 2009, we had outstanding

57


Table of Contents


borrowings under our revolving credit facility of $10.0 million. A hypothetical interest rate change of 1.0%, 1.5% and 2.0% on our revolving credit facility would have changed interest incurred for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 on an annualized basis by $0.1 million, $0.15 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

    Commodity Price Risk

        In the normal course of business, we are exposed to market risk related to our purchase of steel, the primary commodity upon which our manufacturing depends. While steel is typically available from numerous suppliers, the price of steel is subject to fluctuation. We do not use any derivative or hedging instruments to manage the price risk. If the price of steel increases, our variable costs could also increase. While historically we have successfully mitigated these increased costs through the implementation of either permanent price increases and/or temporary invoice surcharges, in the future we may not be able to successfully mitigate these costs, which could cause our gross margins to decline. If the price of steel were to increase by $1.00 in a period where we are not able to pass any of this increase onto our distributors, our gross margins would decline by $1.00 in that period.

58


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

General

        We are the North American leader in the design, manufacture and sale of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, which consists of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, and related parts and accessories. We sell our products under the WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® brands which are among the most established and recognized in the industry. We believe that in 2009 our share of the light truck snow and ice control equipment market was greater than 50%. We offer the broadest and most complete product line of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders for light trucks in the U.S. and Canadian markets with over 60 models of snowplows and over 40 models of sand and salt spreaders across our three brands. Our snowplows use custom-designed mounts which allow each of our snowplow models to be used on a variety of light truck brands and models. In addition, we manufacture a broad portfolio of hopper and tailgate-mounted sand and salt spreaders that are used for snow and ice control on driveways, roads and parking lots. We also provide a full range of related parts and accessories, which generates an ancillary revenue stream throughout the lifecycle of our snow and ice control equipment.

        We sell our products through a distributor network primarily to professional snowplowers, who are contracted to remove snow and ice from commercial, municipal and residential areas. Because of the short snow season (which we calculate as running from October 1 through March 31), unpredictability of snowfall events and the difficult weather conditions under which our end-users operate, our end-users have a fairly limited time frame in which to generate income. Accordingly, our end-users demand a high degree of quality, reliability and service. Over the last 50 years, we have engendered exceptional customer loyalty for our products because of our ability to satisfy the stringent demands of our customers. As a result, we believe our installed base is the largest in the industry with over 500,000 snowplows and sand and salt spreaders in service. Because sales of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders are primarily driven by the need of our core end-user base to replace worn existing equipment, we believe our substantial installed base provides us with a high degree of predictable sales over any extended period of time.

        We believe we have the industry's most extensive North American distributor network, which primarily consists of over 720 truck equipment distributors who purchase directly from us located throughout the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as all provinces of Canada). We have longstanding relationships with many of our distributors, with an average tenure of 15 years. Beginning in 2005, we began to extend our reach to international markets, establishing distribution relationships in Northern Europe and Asia, where we believe meaningful growth opportunities exist.

        We believe we are the industry's most operationally efficient manufacturer due to our vertical integration, highly variable cost structure and intense focus on lean manufacturing. We continually seek to use lean principles to reduce costs and increase the efficiency of our manufacturing operations. From 2002 to 2008, we have increased our gross profit per unit by approximately 3.0% per annum, compounded annually. While we currently manufacture our products in three facilities that we own in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Rockland, Maine and Johnson City, Tennessee, we have improved our manufacturing efficiency to the point that we will be closing our Johnson City, Tennessee facility effective mid-2010. We expect that the closing of this facility will yield estimated cost savings of approximately $4 million annually, with no anticipated reduction in production capacity. Furthermore, our manufacturing efficiency allows us to deliver desired products quickly to our customers during times of sudden and unpredictable snowfall events, when our customers need our products immediately. Our ability to deliver products on a rapid and efficient basis through lean manufacturing allows us to both better serve our existing customer base and capture new customers from competitors who we believe cannot service their customers' needs with the same speed and reliability.

59


Table of Contents

History

        The FISHER® and WESTERN® brands date back to the late 1940s and early 1950s, respectively. Fisher Engineering was founded by Dean Fisher in 1948 and was a leading light truck snow and ice control equipment company in the East and Northeast regions of the United States. Western Products was founded in the early 1950s by Douglas Seaman and focused on the West, Midwest and East regions of the United States. Our predecessor company, Douglas Dynamics Incorporated, which we refer to in this prospectus as DDI, was founded by Western's Douglas Seaman in 1977 and acquired Fisher Engineering in 1984.

        In July 1991, DDI was acquired by Armco Inc., which merged with AK Steel Corporation in September 1999. In March 2004, our business was acquired from AK Steel Corporation by our current shareholders.

        In November 2005, we acquired Blizzard Corporation, which expanded the breadth of our distributor network and our product line. Through the acquisition of Blizzard Corporation, we acquired the highly-patented, groundbreaking BLIZZARD® technology that represents one of the most significant innovations in our industry. More specifically, we acquired industry-leading hinged plow technology, which has significant advantages over competing products because it utilizes expandable wings for more effective snow removal.

Industry Overview

        The light truck snow and ice control equipment industry in North America consists predominantly of domestic participants that manufacture their products in North America. Snowplow sales account for a significant portion of snow and ice control equipment sales for light trucks, with sand and salt spreader sales accounting for a lesser portion. The annual demand for snow and ice control equipment is driven primarily by the replacement cycle of the existing installed base, which is predominantly a function of the average life of a snowplow or spreader and is driven by usage and maintenance practices of the end-user. We believe actively-used snowplows are typically replaced, on average, every 7 to 8 years.

        The primary factor influencing the replacement cycle for snow and ice control equipment is the level, timing and location of snowfall. Sales of snow and ice control equipment in any given year and region are most heavily influenced by local snowfall levels in the prior snow season. Heavy snowfall during a given winter causes equipment usage to increase, resulting in greater wear and tear and shortened life cycles, thereby creating a need for replacement equipment and additional parts and accessories. Moreover, in our experience, the timing of snowfall in a given winter also influences our end-users' decision-making process. Because an early snowfall can be viewed as a sign of a heavy upcoming snow season, our end-users may respond to an early snowfall by purchasing replacement snow and ice control equipment earlier than they otherwise might have. Alternatively, light snowfall during a given winter season may cause equipment usage to decrease, extending its useful life, and delaying replacement equipment purchases.

        While snowfall levels vary within a given year and from year-to-year, snowfall, and the corresponding replacement cycle of snow and ice control equipment, is relatively consistent over multi-year periods. The following chart depicts aggregate annual and eight-year (based on the typical life of our snowplows) rolling average of the aggregate snowfall levels in 66 cities in 26 snowbelt states across the Northeast, East, Midwest and Western United States where we monitor snowfall levels) from

60


Table of Contents


1980 to 2009. As the chart indicates, since 1982 aggregate snowfall levels in any given rolling eight-year period have been fairly consistent, ranging from 2,742 to 3,295 inches.


Snowfall in Snowbelt States (inches)
(for October 1 through March 31)

         GRAPHIC

Note: The 8-year rolling average snowfall is not presented prior to 1982 for purposes of the calculation due to lack of snowfall data prior to 1975.

Source: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Weather Service.

        The demand for snow and ice control equipment can also be influenced by general economic conditions in the United States, as well as local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions in North America. In stronger economic conditions, our end-users may choose to replace or upgrade existing equipment before its useful life has ended, while in weak economic conditions, our end-users may seek to extend the useful life of equipment, thereby increasing the sales of parts and accessories. However, since snow and ice control management is a non-discretionary service necessary to ensure public safety and continued personal and commercial mobility in populated areas that receive snowfall, end-users cannot extend the useful life of snow and ice control equipment indefinitely and must replace equipment that has become too worn, unsafe or unreliable, regardless of economic conditions.

        Sales of parts and accessories for 2008 were $28.7 million, or approximately 85% higher than average annual parts and accessories sales over the preceding ten years. Management believes the increased sales of parts and accessories is a result of the deferral of new equipment purchases due to the severe economic downturn in 2008 and            , as many end-users chose to extend the life of their existing equipment beyond the typical replacement cycle. Although sales of snow and ice control units increased by 18.2% in 2008 as compared to 2007, management believes that absent the recent economic downturn, equipment sales in 2008 would have been considerably higher due to the high levels of snowfall during the year. Equipment unit sales in 2008 remained 11% below the ten-year average, despite the fact that snowfall levels in 2008 were approximately 22% above the ten-year average. Management believes this deferral of new equipment purchases could result in an elevated multi-year replacement cycle as the economy recovers.

        Long-term growth in the overall snow and ice control equipment market also results from geographic expansion of developed areas in the snowbelt regions of North America, as well as consumer demand for technological enhancements in snow and ice control equipment and related parts and accessories that improves efficiency and reliability. Continued construction in the snowbelt regions in North America increases the aggregate area requiring snow and ice removal, thereby growing the market for snow and ice control equipment. In addition, the development and sale of more reliable, more efficient and more sophisticated product, has contributed to an approximate 2% to 4% price increase in each of the past five years.

Competitive Strengths

        We are the North American market leader in snow and ice control equipment for light trucks with what we believe to be an industry leading installed base of over 500,000 snowplows and sand and salt

61


Table of Contents


spreaders in service. We compete solely with other North American manufacturers who do not benefit from our extensive distributor network, manufacturing efficiencies and depth and breadth of products. As the market leader, we enjoy a set of competitive advantages versus smaller, more regionally-focused equipment providers which allows us to generate robust cash flows in all snowfall environments and to support continued investment in our products, distribution capabilities and brand regardless of annual volume fluctuations. We believe this advantage is rooted in the following competitive strengths and reinforces our industry leadership over time.

        Exceptional Customer Loyalty and Brand Equity.    Our brands enjoy exceptional customer loyalty and brand equity in the snow and ice control equipment industry with both end-users and distributors. We have developed this exceptional loyalty through over 50 years of superior innovation, productivity, reliability and support, consistently delivered season after season. We believe many of our end-users are second and third generation owners of our snow and ice control equipment. Our surveys find that past brand experience, rather than price, is the key factor impacting snowplow purchasing decisions. Because a professional snowplower can typically recoup the cost of a plow within a very short period of time, and in some cases, as a result of one major snowfall event, we believe quality, reliability and functionality are more important factors in our end-users' purchasing decisions than price. For example, our end-user survey found that less than 10% of commercial end-users cite price as a key factor in their purchase decision.

        Broadest and Most Innovative Product Offering.    We provide the industry's broadest product offering with a full range of snowplows, sand and salt spreaders and related parts and accessories. We believe we maintain the industry's largest and most advanced in-house new product development program, historically introducing several new and redesigned products each year. Our broad product offering and commitment to new product development is essential to maintaining and growing our leading market share position as well as continuing to increase the profitability of our business. We believe we have introduced or redesigned more efficient and productive products over the last five years (including the redesigned Fisher and Western V Plows in 2006 and the Fisher and Western Power Plows in 2007) than any of our competitors, driving increased value for our customers. Our products are covered by over 40 issued or pending U.S. and Canadian patents related to snow and ice control equipment technologies and other important product features and designs.

        Extensive North American Distributor Network.    We benefit from having the most extensive North American direct distributor network in the industry, providing a significant competitive advantage over our peers. We have over 720 direct distributor relationships which provide us with the ability to reach end-users throughout North America to achieve geographic diversification of sales that helps insulate us from annual variations in regional snowfall levels. Our distributors function not only as sales and support agents (providing access to parts and service), but also as industry partners providing real-time end-user information, such as retail inventory levels, changing consumer preferences or desired functionality enhancements, which we use as the basis for our product development efforts. We believe a majority of our distributors choose to sell our products exclusively, even though few are contractually required to do so. Despite the importance of our distributor network as a whole, no one distributor represents more than 5% of our net sales.

        Leader in Operational Efficiency.    We believe we are a leader in operational efficiency, resulting from our application of lean manufacturing principles and a highly variable cost structure. By utilizing lean principles, we are able to adjust production levels easily to meet fluctuating demand, while controlling costs in slower periods. This operational efficiency is supplemented by our highly variable cost structure, driven in part by our access to a sizable temporary workforce (comprising approximately 10-15% of our total workforce), which we can quickly adjust, as needed. As a result of our operational efficiency, we have increased our gross profit per unit by approximately 3.0% per annum, compounded annually, from 2002 to 2008. The upcoming closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility, which we believe will save us approximately $4 million annually without a loss of production

62


Table of Contents


capacity, demonstrates the success of our lean initiatives. These manufacturing efficiencies enable us to respond rapidly to urgent customer demand during times of sudden and unpredictable snowfalls, allowing us to provide exceptional service to our existing customer base and capture new customers from competitors who we believe cannot service their customers' needs with the same speed and reliability.

        Strong Cash Flow Generation.    We are able to generate significant cash flow as a result of relatively consistent high profitability (Adjusted EBITDA margins averaged 27.3% from 2004 to 2008), low capital spending requirements and predictable timing of our working capital requirements. We have historically been able to pass through increases in raw material prices, including steel surcharges when necessary, to maintain our profitability. Our cash flow results will also benefit substantially from approximately $18 million of annual tax-deductible intangible and goodwill expense over the next ten years, which has the impact of reducing our corporate taxes owed by approximately $6.7 million on an annual basis. Our significant cash flow has allowed us to reinvest in our business, reduce indebtedness and pay substantial dividends to our stockholders.

        Experienced Management Team.    We believe our business benefits from an exceptional management team that is responsible for establishing our leadership in the snow and ice control equipment industry for light trucks. Our senior management team, consisting of four officers, has an average of approximately 19 years of weather-related industry experience and an average of approximately 10 years with our company. James Janik, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has been with us for over 17 years and in his current role since 2000, and through his strategic vision, we have been able to expand our distributor network and grow our market leading position.

Business Strategy

        Our business strategy is to capitalize on our competitive strengths to maximize cash flow to pay dividends, reduce indebtedness and reinvest in our business to create stockholder value. The building blocks of our strategy are:

        Continuous Product Innovation.    We believe new product innovation plays an essential role in maintaining and growing our market-leading position in the snow and ice control equipment industry. We will continue to focus on developing innovative solutions to increase productivity, ease of use, reliability, durability and serviceability of our products. Our product development teams are guided by extensive market research, as well as real time feedback from our distributors who provide valuable insight into changing customer preferences, desired functionality or product features. In addition, we have and will continue to incorporate lean manufacturing concepts into our product development process, which has allowed us to reduce the overall cost of development and, more importantly, reduced our time-to-market by nearly one-half. As a result of these efforts, approximately 50% of our 2009 sales came from products introduced or redesigned in the last five years.

        Distributor Network Optimization.    We will continually seek opportunities to optimize our portfolio of over 720 direct distributors by opportunistically adding high-quality, well-capitalized distributors in select geographic areas and by cross-selling our industry-leading brands within our distribution network to ensure we maximize our ability to generate revenue while protecting our industry leading reputation, customer loyalty and brands. Prospective distributors are rigorously screened before they are allowed to sell our snow and ice control products, allowing us to maintain relationships with only those distributors we believe to be the most reputable in the industry. Once selected, we strive to maintain close working relationships with our distributors and actively monitor their performance, quality of service and support and credit profiles. We also focus on further optimizing this network by providing in-depth training, valuable distributor support and attractive promotional and incentive opportunities. As a result of these efforts, we believe a majority of our distributors choose to sell our products exclusively. Over the last ten years, we have grown our network by over 300 distributors. We believe this sizable high

63


Table of Contents


quality network is unique in the industry, providing us with valuable insight into purchasing trends and customer preferences, and would be very difficult to replicate.

        Aggressive Asset Management and Profit Focus.    We will continue to aggressively manage our assets in order to maximize our cash flow generation despite seasonal and annual variability in snowfall levels. We believe our ability is unique in our industry and enables us to achieve attractive margins in all snowfall environments. Key elements of our asset management and profit focus strategies include:

    employment of a highly variable cost structure facilitated by a core group of workers that we supplement with a temporary workforce as volumes dictate, which allows us to quickly adjust costs in response to real-time changes in demand;

    use of enterprise-wide lean principles that allow us to easily ramp production levels up or down to meet demand;

    implementation of a pre-season order program, which incentivizes distributors to place orders prior to the retail selling season and thereby enables us to more efficiently utilize our assets; and

    development of a vertically integrated business model which we believe provides us cost advantages over our competition.

        Additionally, although modest, our capital expenditure requirements and operating expenses can be temporarily reduced in response to anticipated or actual lower sales in a particular year to maximize cash flow. Our profit focus is driven primarily by improving unit margins.

        Flexible, Lean Enterprise Platform.    We intend to utilize lean principles to maximize the flexibility and efficiency of our manufacturing operations while reducing the associated costs. Implementation of these principles has allowed us to substantially improve the productivity of our manufacturing processes through waste elimination and improved space utilization, creating a flexible environment capable of efficiently responding to large variations in end-user demand and delivering best-in-class customer service and responsiveness, thereby enabling us to increase distributor and end-user satisfaction. Moreover, in an environment where shorter lead times and near-perfect order fulfillment are important to our distributors, our lean processes have helped us to build a reputation for providing industry leading shipping performance. In 2009, we fulfilled 98.2% of our orders on or before the requested ship date, without error in content, packaging or delivery.

        Our cost reduction efforts also include the rationalization of our supply base and implementation of a global sourcing strategy, resulting in approximately $2.1 million of cumulative annualized cost savings from 2006 to 2008. Since 2006, we have reduced our supply base by 36% from over 450 suppliers to approximately 288 today, with a target of 225 by the end of 2010. This rationalization has allowed us to strengthen our relationships with our remaining suppliers, which in turn has provided us with the ability to receive component deliveries on a more frequent basis, thereby better aligning our supply stock with our production demands.

        We have also sought to improve our sourcing capabilities through the use of off-shore suppliers, including suppliers in China, which provide significant cost advantages. As of December 31, 2009, we had the ability to purchase components from 19 suppliers in China. Since 2006, our percentage of lower cost country material purchases has increased from 10.0% to 15.6% of our total purchases. In furtherance of this process, in January 2009, we opened a sourcing office in China, which will become a central focus for specific component purchases and will provide a majority of our procurement cost savings in the future. We typically stock additional inventory from off-shore suppliers or partner with off-shore suppliers who stock inventory in the United States in order to mitigate the risk of any shipping delays. See "Risk Factors—We depend on outside suppliers who may be unable to meet our volume and quality requirements, and we may be unable to obtain alternative sources."

64


Table of Contents

Growth Opportunities

        Increase Our Industry Leading Market Share.    We plan to leverage our industry leading position, distribution network and new product innovation capabilities to capture market share in the North American snow and ice control equipment market, focusing our primary efforts on increasing penetration in those North American markets where we believe our overall market share is less than 50%. We also plan to continue growing our presence in the snow and ice control equipment market outside of North America, particularly in Asia and Europe, which we believe could provide significant growth opportunities in the future.

        Opportunistically Seek New Products and New Markets.    We will consider external growth opportunities within the snow and ice control industry and other equipment or component markets. We plan to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities within our industry that can help us expand our distribution reach, enhance our technology and as a consequence improve the breadth and depth of our product lines. In November 2005, we purchased Blizzard Corporation and its highly-patented groundbreaking hinged plow technology and have also incorporated this technology into our Western and Fisher snowplows. We also consider diversification opportunities in adjacent markets that complement our business model and could offer us the ability to leverage our core competencies to create stockholder value.

Products

        Our snow and ice control equipment products include three categories based on primary customer usage: snowplows and sand and salt spreaders for use on light trucks, and related parts and accessories. We offer our products under three brands: WESTERN®, FISHER® AND BLIZZARD®. During the nine months ended September 30, 2009, WESTERN®, FISHER® AND BLIZZARD® products accounted for approximately 47%, 45% and 8% of our net sales, respectively. We continually strive to be the leading innovator in our industry and each year we typically introduce several new and updated products. In 2008, sales of snow and ice control equipment accounted for approximately 84% of our net sales, with related parts and accessories accounting for approximately 16% of our net sales.

        The following chart depicts annual unit sales of our snow and ice control equipment since 1980 and an eight-year rolling average since 1982:


Equipment Sales (units)

         GRAPHIC

Note:
The 8-year rolling average equipment sales are not presented prior to 1982 for purposes of the calculation chart due to lack of equipment unit sales data prior to 1975. In addition, units of equipment sales for years 2002 through 2005 are adjusted to include units sold by Blizzard Corporation prior to its acquisition by us in November 2005. Data for Blizzard Corporation prior to 2002 is not available.

65


Table of Contents

Snowplows

        We offer a broad product line of snowplows, with a full range of models designed for use by professionals, businesses, municipalities and homeowners on light trucks. The current retail prices of our snowplows generally range from approximately $4,000 to $8,000. Snowplows are highly engineered products comprised of mechanical, hydraulic and electrical components that must be effectively integrated with vehicles to function properly and conform to government passenger vehicle regulations. Each snowplow consists of four components, which are the blade, the hydraulic system, the mount, and the A-Frame, Quadrant and Lift, which we refer to in this prospectus as the AQ&L. Typically each truck model or family of truck models requires a mount designed for that model or family of models. However, in most cases generally, various hydraulic systems, blade and AQ&L can be mixed and matched for mounts designed for a particular truck model, which allows distributors more flexibility when ordering products from us. We believe actively-used snowplows are typically replaced, on average, every 7 to 8 years.

        The WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® brands differ in the way their snowplows react when hitting significant obstacles while plowing. When an object is struck with a WESTERN® or BLIZZARD® snowplow, the entire snowplow blade trips forward, whereas with a FISHER® snowplow, in response to similar circumstances, only the edge of the snowplow blade trips. Because we believe that both responses are equally effective in protecting the snowplow and the vehicle, we maintain this difference across our WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® snowplows to cater to what are, in management's experience, deep-rooted regional end-user preferences.

Sand and Salt Spreaders

        We offer a broad product line of sand and salt spreaders, with a full range of models designed for professionals, businesses, municipalities and homeowners. Our spreaders are interchangeable among different truck models and are typically mounted in the bed or on the vehicle hitch of a light truck and are intended to control ice on driveways, roads and parking lots by spreading material such as sand, salt and calcium chloride. The current retail prices of our sand and salt spreaders generally range from approximately $1,600 to $11,500.

Parts and Accessories

        We also offer a broad range of parts and accessories (comprised of over 7,500 SKUs) for our snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, including snowplow deflectors, conversion kits and maintenance kits. Parts and accessories sales are driven mainly by our installed base which we believe to be over 500,000 snowplows and sand and salt spreaders in service. We continue to provide mounts for older light truck models and parts and accessories for older equipment models on an as-needed basis.

Product Development

        We believe our market leadership position permits us the flexibility to devote more resources to research and development than any of our competitors. Our product development infrastructure is staffed with engineers and other personnel dedicated to generating new products and future enhancements. Research and development is a major focus of our management, and expenditures over the past 5 years on new product development have annually averaged approximately 1% to 2% of our net sales, and in 2009, approximately 50% of our sales came from products introduced or redesigned over the last five years. New product development projects are typically the result of end-user feedback, plow productivity improvements, quality and reliability improvements and vehicle application expansion.

        We have successfully implemented a lean product development process to streamline the manufacture of new products, pairing members from financial, engineering, marketing and sales into a single project team to ensure that prototypes developed are of the highest quality and are

66


Table of Contents


manufactured in the most cost efficient manner. This process is characterized by the following six stages: (1) idea development, (2) product specification development and feasibility study, (3) prototype development, (4) prototype testing and financial modeling, (5) product production and (6) product and process refinement. We believe our success in refining this multistage process has streamlined the delivery of new products to the marketplace, and enables us to stay ahead of our competitors in delivering innovations to the market. For example, we have integrated fully digital product simulation into our development process, which enables us to (1) accelerate the development cycle, (2) optimize product design and (3) maximize component commonality across products. Through our use of digital simulation we have reduced our test cycle time from years to days.

        At any given time, we may be actively pursuing between two and four new product development projects. Prototypes resulting from these projects are regularly subjected to head-to-head field tests versus the nearest competing product placed in the field. In addition to field testing, we utilize digital simulation to ensure that all prototypes undergo rigorous computer-aided simulations that attempt to ensure superior product performance and overall product quality.

        Recent product introductions in 2009 include the FISHER® HT Series™ (half-ton plow) and POLY-CASTER™ (Hopper Spreader), the WESTERN® HTS™ (half-ton plow) and Tornado™ (Hopper Spreader) and the BLIZZARD® POWER HITCH™ 2 (detachable plow mounting system) and ICE CHASER™ (Hopper Spreader).

        In addition, adjusting our product designs to light truck design changes is a significant activity of our product development teams. In general, major light truck design changes, such as new truck introductions, are announced well in advance of the new light truck design being available to the market. This allows us sufficient time to design or redesign our products so that they are compatible with the new light truck design at the time of its release or shortly thereafter. In such situations, we are often able to utilize a current mount design which minimizes the design work required on our part. However, there are significant truck design changes that require us to redesign our mounts so that our products are compatible with new light truck designs.

End-Users

        Our end-users include professional snowplowers (who we believe comprise over 50% of our end-user base), businesses, municipalities and homeowners. Different segments of our end-user base use our products differently. For instance, professional snowplowers use our snow and ice control equipment during the winter to earn an income, clearing parking lots, driveways and private roads. As a result, they place a high priority on productivity, reliability and service. We believe their heavy and prolonged usage of our equipment typically requires these end-users to replace their equipment every 5 to 7 years. Businesses generally use our equipment to clear parking lots, and thus their usage of our equipment is more limited, in turn resulting in what we believe to be a typical replacement cycle of 8 to 10 years. Our municipality users include cities and counties that plow government owned property. Because of the heavy usage of our equipment by municipalities, we believe the typical replacement cycle for those users is 5 to 7 years. Homeowners use our equipment to clear their driveways and other personal property. Because their usage is also limited, we believe the typical replacement cycle for such users is 10 to 15 years.

Distributor Network

        We sell our products exclusively through what we believe is the industry's most extensive North American distributor network, which primarily consists of over 720 truck equipment distributors who purchase directly from us located throughout the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as certain regions of Canada). We have longstanding relationships with many of our distributors, with an average tenure of 15 years.

67


Table of Contents


While we have exclusivity arrangements with less than 1% of our distributors, we believe that a majority of our distributors choose to exclusively carry our products because of our commitment to delivering quality, innovation, reliability and support.

        Since our distributors serve as our primary sales and service contacts with our-end users, we rely on our distributors to represent and preserve our brand image. Thus, we seek to foster relationships with distributors who share our commitment to quality, reliability and support. To that end, we rigorously screen prospective distributors before allowing them to sell our products, and actively monitor the performance, quality of service, support and credit profiles of our existing distributors. In addition, we also rely on our distributors to as a source of real-time end-user information, providing valuable insight into the product preferences, experiences and demands of our end-users. We utilize this information to help us plan our manufacturing schedule as well as to formulate ideas for improving our existing product offerings and developing new products.

        A breakdown of our distributor base is reflected in the table below. For 2008, our top 10 distributors accounted for approximately 20% of net sales and no single distributor accounted for more than 5% of our net sales. In 2006, 2007 and 2008, 91.2%, 90.8% and 89.1% of net sales, respectively, were from the U.S., and 8.3%, 8.7% and 10.1% of net sales, respectively, were from Canada, and less than 1% of net sales were from outside of North America.


Distributors by Region

GRAPHIC

Note:
Distribution not represented on map includes China (1), Finland (2), Korea (1), Scotland (1), Northern Ireland (1), and Australia (1).

Sales Programs

        We offer a number of sales programs to our distributors to finance the purchase of our products. One such program is our pre-season sales program, which not only benefits our distributors, but also benefits us by helping us to manage the seasonality of our business. During the second and third quarters, we offer our distributors the option of either (1) a purchase price discount, with the percentage discount being highest the earlier in the season that the distributor purchases and pays for our products, or (2) deferring payment until the fourth quarter. Under either option product shipment occurs during the pre-season sales period. On average, approximately 60% to 65% of our annual

68


Table of Contents


shipments occur during the pre-season sales period. Distributors who purchase our products during the first or fourth quarter, on the other hand, must deliver payment to us within 30 days of shipment. Our backlog as of January 25, 2009 and 2010 was $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively. We expect that all backlog as of January 25, 2010 will be shipped in 2010.

        We are also party to an accounts receivable securitization facility pursuant to which certain distributors may elect to finance their purchases from us through a third party financing company. Distributors who purchase our products through this financing arrangement are offered the same pre-season sales incentives as distributors who purchase directly from us, the terms of which are described above. In the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, 2.9%, 2.3% and 2.4%, respectively of our net sales were financed by our distributors through a third party financing company. Pursuant to the terms of this facility, we maintain the risk of collectability of the receivable under this facility. If the third party financing company is unable to collect from the distributor the amounts due in respect of the product financing, we are obligated to repurchase the outstanding receivable balance plus any legal fees incurred by the financing company. Historically, repurchases of inventory and uncollectible amounts related to receivables sold under this program have been extremely low.

        We also recently unveiled an end-user financing program. We have partnered with a third party financing company which has agreed to extend credit to our-end users for purchases of our products, subject to credit approval. Once approval is obtained, our end-users can then place an order directly for our products with our distributors. This program is designed to provide our end-users with a more accessible avenue for obtaining credit during this economic downturn. As this program commenced in November 2009 following the conclusion of our peak sales seasons, we have not yet determined its impact on our sales.

Sales and Marketing

        We have dedicated field sales staffs for each of our three brands. These brands are WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD®. As we do not sell directly to end-users, locating and developing the best distributors in each key geographic trade area is the primary focus of our sales force. Sales personnel actively assist their distributors in key business areas such as promotional activities, sales tactics, and customer care and product knowledge. In addition, we also sponsor continued education of our distributor network through regional technical service schools and seminars. Our sales staff is compensated in the form of a base salary and a performance-based bonus.

        Our marketing group focuses on assuring superior WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® brand management. The marketing group's main activities include primary and secondary market research, driving our multifunctional product development process, ensuring successful new product launches and devising complementary promotional strategies.

Manufacturing/Facilities

        Our manufacturing processes include machining, fabricating, welding and coating with all facilities having extensive assembly and test capabilities. Through asset management initiatives such as lean manufacturing, we seek to continuously improve processes, quality and costs of operations. While we currently manufacture our products in three facilities that we own in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Rockland, Maine and Johnson City, Tennessee, we have improved our manufacturing efficiency to the point that we will be closing our Johnson City, Tennessee facility effective mid-2010. We expect that the closing of this facility will yield estimated cost savings of approximately $4 million annually, with no anticipated reduction in production capacity. Furthermore, to help manage the seasonality of our business, we strive to normalize our production volume on a fairly constant basis throughout the year and supply most of our products from inventory. Through our asset management techniques, which include a highly variable cost structure that utilizes a temporary workforce, we are able to efficiently ramp up or

69


Table of Contents


down production in response to changing demand. Our three manufacturing facilities are described below as well as further details regarding the closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee facility.

        Milwaukee, Wisconsin Facility:    Our Milwaukee facility produces all of our hydraulic system kits for our snowplows, most of the WESTERN® straight blades and various WESTERN® mount and AQ&L attachments. Originally built in 1965, with additions in 1975, 1996 and 2002, the facility has 130,000 square feet of manufacturing and 17,000 square feet of office space.

        Rockland, Maine Facility:    Built in 2000, our Rockland facility produces all of the straight blades for FISHER®, the heavyweight blades for WESTERN®, the V-Plows for WESTERN® and FISHER® and mount and AQ&L attachments. This facility has 126,000 square feet of manufacturing and 17,000 square feet of office space.

        Johnson City, Tennessee Facility:    The Johnson City facility, which we plan to close in mid-2010, is currently our largest facility and produces all of our BLIZZARD® snowplows, sand and salt spreaders, a number of mount and AQ&L attachments and selected accessories. The facility was originally built in 1974 and was expanded in 1992 to its current size of 170,000 square feet of manufacturing and 30,000 square feet of office space. As noted above, we have increased our manufacturing efficiency to the point that we will closing our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility in mid-2010, reducing our manufacturing facilities from three to two. We plan to relocate production that is currently housed in our Johnson City facility to our Milwaukee and Rockland facilities and expect that the closing of this facility will yield estimated cost savings of approximately $4.0 million annually (comprised of $3 million from the elimination of fixed costs such as salaries and benefits, facility costs, supplies and travel and $1 million of freight savings due to the elimination of intercompany shipments), with no anticipated reduction in production capacity. We plan to relocate production that is currently housed in our Johnson City facility to our Milwaukee and Rockland facilities and expect this closure to generate approximately $4.0 million in annualized cost savings. See "Risk Factors—The closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility may entail risks to our business."

        We continually review our operations and invest as needed to upgrade or buy new equipment, refurbish facilities and improve product tooling to meet environmental and regulatory needs and to install modern information systems. From 1992 to 2008, we invested approximately $53 million to support our manufacturing strategy and to maintain our competitive strength in the product manufacturing process. Other than regular capital expenditures for maintenance, we do not anticipate a need for significant facility upgrades in the near term.

Materials

        The principal materials used in our snow and ice control equipment business are steel, metal parts, electrical components, hydraulic systems, and hardware components, comprising over 75% of total component purchases. We typically attempt to obtain these materials from more than one third-party supplier. While we have longstanding relationships with many of our suppliers, most of our key supply arrangements are not covered by written contract. During 2008, our top ten suppliers accounted for approximately 48.5% of our raw material and component purchasing. Since 2006, we have aggressively endeavored to rationalize our supply base as well as increase material and component sourcing to lower cost country suppliers. Since that time we have reduced the number of our suppliers by 36% as well as increased our percentage of lower cost country material purchases from 10.0% to 15.6% of our total purchases. In furtherance of this process, in January 2009, we opened a sourcing office in China, which will to become a central focus for specific component purchases and provide a majority of our procurement cost savings in the future. In addition, we remain committed to further improving our sourcing in the future by reducing the number of suppliers and increasing off-shore sourcing, including our sourcing activities from China. See "Risk Factors—We depend on outside suppliers who may be

70


Table of Contents


unable to meet our volume and quality requirements, and we may be unable to obtain alternative sources."

Seasonality and Year-To-Year Variability

        Our business is seasonal and varies from year-to-year. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Seasonality and Year-To-Year Variability."

Employees

        As of December 31, 2009, we had 562 employees, comprised of 173 office and 389 factory employees. Of the 389 factory employees, 56 were temporary employees, the retention of which allows us to flex factory headcount to match the seasonal fluctuations inherent in the industry. Our workforce is entirely non-union, and we believe we maintain good relationships with our employees.

Safety Record and Training Programs

        We are committed to the highest levels of safety for our employees and we have numerous health and safety programs in place at our facilities to achieve this overriding objective including holding regular departmental meetings on safety and employing a defined system of monitoring and remedying safety infractions. Our management believes that our outstanding safety record not only results in improved employee morale and lower lost time and workers' compensation costs, but is also essential to maintaining our manufacturing quality and efficiency. Since 2000, we have maintained what we believe to be a good record of employee safety.

Competition

        We primarily compete against domestic regional manufacturers of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, including Meyer Products, Northern Star Industries, Sno-Way, Curtis, Buyers and Hiniker, each of which we believe manufactures its products domestically. We believe there are no national name brand manufacturers of snow and ice control equipment and that our competitors' geographic reach is regional, while our geographic reach ranges throughout the snowbelt regions of North America. We compete solely with other North American manufacturers who do not benefit from our distributor network, manufacturing efficiencies and depth and breadth of products. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We face competition from other companies in our industry, and if we are unable to compete effectively with these companies, it could have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability."

Intellectual Property

        We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets and trademarks to protect certain proprietary aspects of our business and technology.

        We work aggressively to expand the proprietary position afforded by our patent portfolio, both through acquisitions and original patent filings. We own approximately 28 issued or pending U.S. patents and patent applications directed to snow and ice control equipment technologies and other important product features and product designs. We also own approximately 15 issued or pending Canadian patents and patent applications.

        Our patent portfolio includes the industry leading hinged plow technology for the high growth Power Plow product. The Power Plow has significant advantages over competing products because it utilizes expandable wings and is in turn the most productive plow in the industry in terms of the amount of snow that it moves in any point in time. From 2006 to 2008, our Power Plow sales grew by 63%, positioning us to become the overall leader in hinged plows. Moreover, WESTERN® and

71


Table of Contents


FISHER® Power Plows have become the most profitable plows in our product portfolio. We believe the continued penetration of Power Plows with our installed base will be an important driver of profitable growth as customers continue to replace their existing equipment with higher margin product. We plan to continue building our patent portfolio as we improve existing products and develop new ones.

        In addition to protecting our technological innovations through patents, we rely on a combination of registered and unregistered trademark rights to protect our position as a branded company with strong name recognition. We own approximately 20 registered U.S. trademarks and 5 registered Canadian trademarks. We use the registered trademarks WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® in association with their respective product lines and related accessories. We believe that our trademarks are of great value and that the loss of any one or all of our trademark rights could lower sales and increase our costs.

Warranty

        Our warranties generally provide, with respect to our snow and ice control equipment, that all material and workmanship will be free from defect for a period of two years after the date of purchase by the end-user, and with respect to parts and accessories purchased separately, that such parts and accessories will be free from defect for a period of one year after the date of purchase by the end-user. Certain snowplows only provide for a one year warranty. We maintain a warranty reserve determined by the amount of our estimated warranty costs based on our prior five years of warranty history utilizing a formula driven by historical warranty expense and applying our management's judgment. We adjust our historical warranty costs to take into account unique factors such as the introduction of new products into the marketplace that do not provide a historical warranty record to assess. The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs as sales are recognized and periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability and adjusts the amount as necessary.

Insurance

        Our business has operating risks normally associated with manufacturing concerns experienced by companies that make accessories for passenger vehicles. We maintain a range of insurance policies to cover our assets and employees. We are insured against, among other events, product liability claims, certain environmental contaminations, workers compensation and bodily injury claims, fires and water damage. We believe that the types and amounts of insurance we carry are in accordance with general practices in the snow and ice control equipment industry for light trucks. For some operating risks, we may not obtain insurance if we believe the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the risks presented. If a significant operating accident or other event occurs and is not fully covered by insurance, it could adversely affect us.

Legal Proceedings

        In the ordinary course of business, we are engaged in various litigation primarily including product liability and intellectual property disputes. However, management does not believe that any current litigation is material to our operations or financial position. In addition, we are not currently party to any environmental-related claims or legal matters.

Regulation

        Our operations are directly and indirectly subject to extensive federal, state and local environmental and safety laws and regulations relating to, among other things, the generation, storage, handling, emission, transportation, disposal and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and materials into the environment and employee health and safety. In particular, we and our distributors are subject to the requirements of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of

72


Table of Contents


1966, which prohibits the manufacture or sale in the United States of any new motor vehicle accessory that does not conform to applicable motor vehicle safety standards established by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in an assessment of significant costs to us, including civil or criminal penalties, claims by third parties for personal injury or property damage, requirements to investigate and remediate contamination and the imposition of natural resource damages. Furthermore, under certain environmental laws, current and former owners and operators of contaminated property or parties who sent waste to the contaminated site can be held liable for cleanup, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original disposal activity.

73


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Directors And Executive Officers

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors as of January 29, 2010. As of such date, Douglas Holdings' Board of Directors consisted of seven members.

Name
  Age   Position

James L. Janik

    53   President and Chief Executive Officer; Director

Robert McCormick

   
49
 

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

Mark Adamson

   
52
 

Vice President, Sales and Marketing

Keith Hagelin

   
49
 

Vice President, Operations

Michael Marino

   
30
 

Director

Jack O. Peiffer

   
76
 

Director

Nav Rahemtulla

   
34
 

Director

Mark Rosenbaum

   
36
 

Director

Jeffrey Serota

   
43
 

Director

Michael W. Wickham

   
63
 

Director

        James L. Janik has been serving as our President and Chief Executive Officer since 2000 and as a director since 2004. Mr. Janik was General Manager of our Western Products division from 1994 to 2000 and Vice President of Marketing and Sales from 1998 to 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Janik was the Vice President of Marketing and Sales of Sunlite Plastics Inc., a custom extruder of thermoplastic materials, for two years. During the 11 prior years, Mr. Janik held a number of key marketing, sales and production management positions for John Deere Company.

        Robert McCormick has been serving as our Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since September 2004 and as our Secretary since May 2005. Mr. McCormick served as our Assistant Secretary from September 2004 to May 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. McCormick served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Xymox Technology Inc. from 2001 to 2004. Prior to that, Mr. McCormick served in various capacities in the Newell Rubbermaid Corporation, including President from 2000 to 2001 and Vice President Group Controller from 1997 to 2000. While Mr. McCormick served as President, he was responsible for Newell's Mirro / Wearever Cookware, and as Vice President Group Controller, he was responsible for worldwide strategic and financial responsibilities for 12 company divisions with sales of over two billion dollars.

        Mark Adamson has been serving as our Vice President, Sales and Marketing since 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Adamson held numerous senior level management positions with industry leaders in the grounds care industry, including John Deere Company from 1980 to 2002 and Gehl Corporation from 2002 to 2007. From 2003 to 2005, he was the Manager, Regional Sales & Distribution of Gehl Company, directing the sales and marketing activities of certain sales field managers in the northeastern United States responsible for Gehl product sales and rental., and from 2005 to 2007, he was the Director, Training and Customer Support, where he directed the aftermarket and training activities of five departments and thirty-two individuals responsible for Gehl and Mustang products worldwide. From 1980 to 2002, Mr. Adamson held several senior level management positions with John Deere Company.

74


Table of Contents

        Keith Hagelin has been serving as our Vice President, Operations since 2009, having previously spent twelve years in progressive roles with us, including Plant Manager and General Manager—Rockland and most recently Vice President of Manufacturing from 2007 to 2009. Prior to joining Douglas, Mr. Hagelin spent 13 years at Raytheon Corporation in various manufacturing, production and new product development roles.

        Michael Marino has been serving as a Director since 2009. Mr. Marino is also a Vice President of Aurora Capital Group. He originally joined Aurora Capital Group in 2003 and, after earning his master's degree in business administration from Harvard Business School, rejoined in 2008. Prior to joining Aurora Capital Group, Mr. Marino was a member of the Investment Banking Division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Marino also currently serves on the Board of Directors of Anthony International and Porex Corporation. Mr. Marino was appointed to our Board of Directors by the Aurora Entities (see "—Structure of our Board of Directors").

        Jack O. Peiffer has been serving as a Director since 2004. Mr. Peiffer was appointed to our Board of Directors by the Aurora Entities (see "—Structure of our Board of Directors"). In 1994, Mr. Peiffer retired from General Electric after 38 years of service. Mr. Peiffer joined General Electric in 1955 in connection with General Electric's Financial Training Program. He served as Vice President and General Manager of General Electric Supply and Senior Vice President of Human Resources for General Electric, and held a variety of financial assignments including Traveling Auditor, Manager of Information and Data Process Services for the Radio Receiver business followed by Senior Financial Management positions in General Electric's Industrial Diamond business, Chemical and Metallurgical Group, and Technical Materials Sector. Mr. Peiffer previously served on the Board of Directors of K&F Industries Holdings, Inc. from 2006 to 2007.

        Nav Rahemtulla has been serving as a Director since 2007. Mr. Rahemtulla is also a Principal in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management. He joined Ares Management in 2001 from DMC Venture Capital where he served as a Director of Corporate Finance. He was previously a member of the Investment Banking Division of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corp. Mr. Rahemtulla also currently serves on the Board of Directors of AmeriQual Group, LLC, Aspen Dental Management Inc., Serta Inc. and Simmons Bedding Company. Mr. Rahemtulla was appointed to our Board of Directors by Ares (see "—Structure of our Board of Directors").

        Mark Rosenbaum has been serving as a Director since 2005. Mr. Rosenbaum is a partner of Aurora Capital Group, which he joined in 2001. Prior to joining Aurora Capital Group, Mr. Rosenbaum worked at Summit Partners from 1997 to 1999 and at Montgomery Securities from 1995 to 1997. Mr. Rosenbaum also currently serves on the Boards of Directors of Anthony International and NuCO2, Inc. Mr. Rosenbaum was appointed to our Board of Directors by the Aurora Entities (see "—Structure of our Board of Directors").

        Jeffrey Serota has been serving as a Director since 2004. Mr. Serota is a Senior Partner in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management. Mr. Serota joined Ares in 1997 from Bear, Stearns & Co. where he served as a Vice President in the Investment Banking Department. Mr. Serota also worked at Salomon Brothers Inc. focusing on mergers and acquisitions and merchant banking transactions. Mr. Serota also currently serves on the Boards of Directors of EXCO Resources, Inc., Marietta Corporation, SandRidge Energy, Inc. and WCA Waste Corporation and previously served as a director of EXCO Resources, Inc. from July 2003 to October 2005. Mr. Serota was appointed to our Board of Directors by Ares (see "—Structure of our Board of Directors").

        Michael W. Wickham has been serving as a Director since 2004. Mr. Wickham was appointed to our Board of Directors by the Aurora Entities (see "—Structure of our Board of Directors"). Mr. Wickham retired as Chairman of the Board of Roadway Corporation in December, 2003, where he was Chief Executive Officer from 1997 to 1999 and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from 1999 until his retirement in 2003. Prior that that, he was the President of Roadway Express, where he held a

75


Table of Contents


variety of management positions during his 35-year career with the company. Mr. Wickham also currently serves as a member of the Board of Directors of C.H. Robinson Worldwide and Republic Services, Inc.

        Our executive officers (as defined in the SEC's Rule 3b-7) are Messrs. Janik, McCormick, Adamson and Hagelin.

Structure of our Board of Directors

        As noted above, our Board of Directors currently consists of seven members. Four of our directors, Messrs. Marino, Peiffer, Rosenbaum and Wickham, were appointed to our Board of Directors by the Aurora Entities and two of our directors, Messrs. Serota and Rahemtulla, were appointed to our Board of Directors by Ares. Pursuant to the terms of Douglas Holdings' current certificate of incorporation, the Aurora Entities, as the sole holder of the one outstanding share of Series B preferred stock, are entitled to elect four directors to Douglas Holdings' Board of Directors and Ares, as the sole holder of the one outstanding share of Series C preferred stock, is entitled to elect two directors to Douglas Holdings' Board of Directors. These respective rights terminate upon the Aurora Entities (and its affiliates and co-investors) and Ares (and its affiliates) ceasing to beneficially own a certain number of shares of our common stock. These rights will be terminated prior to the consummation of this offering. Our Board of Directors met four times during 2009.

        In accordance with the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that we plan to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering, which we refer to in this prospectus as the new certificate of incorporation and the new bylaws) upon consummation of this offering, the terms of office of members of our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes:

    Class I Directors, whose terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2011;

    Class II Directors, whose terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012; and

    Class III Directors, whose terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013.

        Our Class I Directors will be            , our Class II Directors will be            and our Class III Directors will be            . At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following such election. Any vacancies in our classified Board of Directors will be filled by the remaining directors and the elected person will serve the remainder of the term of the class to which he or she is appointed. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our Board of Directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control.

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will make a determination with respect to the independence of the existing and new members of our Board of Directors by reference to the independence standards of the NYSE.

Code of Ethics

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a "code of ethics" as defined by the rules of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to in this prospectus as the "Exchange Act", applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, as well as all of our employees. A copy of this code of ethics,

76


Table of Contents


will be available on our web site at www.            .com. We intend to post on our web site any amendments to, or waivers (with respect to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller) from, this code of ethics within four business days of any such amendment or waiver.

Board Committees

        We currently have a standing Audit Committee and Compensation Committee. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will also establish a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. We believe that the composition of these committees will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of these committees will comply with the requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the NYSE and the SEC rules and regulations that will become applicable to us upon consummation of this offering. We intend to comply with the requirements of the NYSE with respect to committee composition of independent directors as they become applicable to Douglas Holdings. Summarized below are the responsibilities our Audit Committee and Compensation Committee will have upon consummation of this offering as well as the responsibilities we expect our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to have upon its creation.

Audit Committee

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter under which our Audit Committee will operate. This charter will set forth the duties and responsibilities of our Audit Committee, which, among other things, will include: the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm; evaluation of our independent registered public accounting firm's qualifications, independence and performance; review and approval of the scope of our annual audit and audit fee; review of our critical accounting policies and estimates; review of the results of our annual audit and our quarterly consolidated financial statements; and oversight of our internal audit function. A copy of our Audit Committee charter will be available on our web site at www.            .com prior to the listing of our common stock on the NYSE.

        The current members of our Audit Committee are Messrs. Peiffer (Chair), Rahemtulla and Marino. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Peiffer is independent within the meaning of applicable SEC rules and the listing standards of the NYSE, and has determined that Mr. Peiffer is an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Audit Committee met two times during 2009.

        In addition, in accordance with Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the listing standards of the NYSE, we plan to appoint a second independent director to our Audit Committee within 90 days after the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to this offering, who will replace            as a member of the Audit Committee, and to appoint another independent director to our Board of Directors within 12 months after the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to this offering, who will replace            as a member of the Audit Committee so that all of our Audit Committee members will be independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter under which our Compensation Committee will operate. This charter will set forth the duties and responsibilities of our Compensation Committee, which, among other things, will include: oversight of our overall compensation structure, policies and programs; review and approval of the compensation programs applicable to our executive officers; determination of the compensation of our directors; administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans;

77


Table of Contents


and reviewing succession planning for our executive officers. A copy of our Compensation Committee charter will be available on our web site at www.            .com prior to the listing of our common stock on the NYSE.

        The current members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Wickham (Chair), Rosenbaum and Serota. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Wickham is independent under the rules of the NYSE. In addition, in accordance with the listing standards of the NYSE, we plan to appoint a second independent director to our Compensation Committee within 90 days after the listing of our shares on the NYSE, who will replace            as a member of the Compensation Committee, and to appoint another independent director to our Board of Directors within 12 months after the listing of our shares on the NYSE, who will replace            as a member of the Compensation Committee so that all of our Compensation Committee members will be independent within the meaning of the listing standards of the NYSE. The Compensation Committee met one time during 2009.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter under which our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will operate. This charter will set forth the duties and responsibilities of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which, among other things, will include: recruiting and retaining qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, including proposing such individuals to our Board of Directors for nomination for election as directors; evaluating the performance, size and composition of our Board of Directors; establishing procedures for the consideration of Board of Director candidates recommended by the Company's stockholders; assessing the independence of each member of our Board of Directors; and overseeing our compliance activities. A copy of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter will be available on our web site at www.            .com prior to the listing of our common stock on the NYSE.

        In addition, prior to the listing of our common stock on the NYSE, we expect to appoint            ,             and            as members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that            is independent under the rules of the NYSE. In addition, in accordance with the listing standards of the NYSE, we plan to appoint a second independent director to our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee within 90 days after the listing of our shares on the NYSE, who will replace            as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and to appoint another independent director to our Board of Directors within 12 months after the listing of our shares on the NYSE, who will replace            as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee so that all of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee members will be independent within the meaning of the listing standards of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        During 2009, our Compensation Committee consisted of Messrs. Wickham (Chair), Rosenbaum and Serota. None of the foregoing members of our Compensation Committee is an officer or employee of the Company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.

Limitation of Directors' Liability and Indemnification

        The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors' fiduciary duties. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our certificate of incorporation

78


Table of Contents


will be amended and restated to include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director, except for liability:

    for breach of the duty of loyalty;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (unlawful dividends); or

    for transactions from which the director derived improper personal benefit.

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, our existing bylaws will be amended and restated to provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We are and will be expressly authorized to carry directors' and officers' insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that will be included in our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders.

        In addition to the indemnification to be provided by our new bylaws, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements, subject to certain exceptions, will require us to, among other things, indemnify these directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorney fees, witness fees and expenses, expenses of accountants and other advisors, and the premium, security for and other costs relating to any bond, arising out of that person's services as a director or officer of us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

        There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

79


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Objectives of our Compensation Programs

        We believe that a skilled, experienced and dedicated senior management team is essential to the future performance of our Company and to building stockholder value. We have sought to establish competitive compensation programs that enable us to attract and retain executive officers with these qualities as well as to motivate management to maximize performance while building stockholder value.

        We compensate our named executive officers, who are identified below, through both short term cash programs, including annual salary and an annual incentive plan, and long term incentive programs, reflecting a mix of fixed and variable compensation. Although our compensation program provides for a mix of both short and long term compensation and cash and non-cash compensation, we do not have any specific policy on those allocations. Our compensation philosophy is centered on providing an opportunity for an executive's total annual compensation to exceed the median level for similar executives at comparable manufacturing companies. Our business is subject to variability of earnings due to year-to-year variations in snowfall. Accordingly, we have designed our compensation program to provide for a competitive annual salary while offering our named executive officers the opportunity to earn a substantial amount of variable compensation based on our profitability. This program aligns named executive officer compensation with our variable earnings model and differentiates us from our competitors when attracting and motivating our executives.

        In connection with becoming a public company we expect that certain aspects of our long term compensation program will likely change, primarily in the area of equity compensation. Currently, equity compensation is limited to stock options that have been granted to some, but not all, of our executives. Executives who have not received stock options participate in our Long Term Incentive Plan.

        Our named executive officers for 2009 are Mr. Janik, President and Chief Executive Officer; Mr. McCormick, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary; Mr. Adamson, Vice President, Sales and Marketing and Mr. Hagelin, Vice President, Operations.

Management's Role in the Compensation-Setting Process

        During 2009 and in previous years, our Compensation Committee's role was limited to determining and approving equity awards and the allocation and payments under our Annual Incentive Plan and Long Term Incentive Plan for all of our named executive officers. Historically, our Chief Executive Officer has set base salaries for our executive officers other than himself, and has recommended performance targets under the Annual Incentive Plan for approval by the Compensation Committee as explained in more detail under the section entitled "Annual Incentive Plan" below. Our Chief Executive Officer also negotiated employment agreements with those executive officers who entered into such agreements, and made recommendations to our Compensation Committee with respect to equity awards for our named executive officers other than himself. All compensation elements for our Chief Executive Officer are reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors (other than Mr. Janik). Upon consummation of this offering, we anticipate that the Compensation Committee will expand its role in reviewing and approving executive compensation.

        For 2009 and in previous years, we did not engage in a formal benchmarking process or use the services of an independent compensation consultant in developing our compensation programs for our named executive officers. We based compensation levels on the collective experience of the members of our Board of Directors, Compensation Committee and our Chief Executive Officer, their business judgment and their experiences in recruiting and retaining executives.

80


Table of Contents

Elements of Executive Compensation

        The key components of our compensation program for our named executive officers are base salary, the Annual Incentive Plan, the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan and the Long Term Incentive Plan, and other compensation consisting primarily of matching 401(k) contributions, the salaried employee pension plan, health and welfare benefits and other perquisites. Each component of our compensation program has an important role in creating compensation payouts that motivate and reward strong performance and in retaining the named executive officers who deliver such performance.

Base Salary

        We pay our named executive officers a base salary to compensate them for services rendered and to provide them with a steady source of income for living expenses throughout the year. In general, the base salary of each executive was initially established through arm's-length negotiations at the time the individual was hired, taking into account the individual's qualifications, experience, level of responsibility, as well as internal pay equity considerations.

        Our Chief Executive Officer reviews the base salaries of our named executive officers other than his own for potential merit increases once per year based on the performance of the executive and his functional areas of responsibility, the overall Company financial performance, and the current year Company merit increase budget. The Chief Executive Officer currently has the authority to, on his own, approve increases in the base salaries of the other named executive officers (up to a maximum of a 5% increase for named executive officers with employment agreements). If a proposed merit increase for a named executive officer with an employment agreement exceeds 5%, the Compensation Committee must approve the increase. For our Chief Executive Officer, the base salary is reviewed by and subject to increase (but not decrease) at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors (other than Mr. Janik) each year.

        In 2009 the base salaries for our executives were increased as follows due to merit increases:

Executive
  Current
Salary
  Base
Salary
Merit
Increase
  % Merit
Increase
 

James Janik(1)

  $ 360,006   $     0.0 %

Robert McCormick

  $ 252,346   $ 7,363     3.0 %

Mark Adamson

  $ 220,938   $ 6,427     3.0 %

Keith Hagelin

  $ 152,256   $ 7,259     5.0 %

(1)
Mr. Janik received a 33.3% merit increase in 2008 which was meant to cover his merit increase for 2009; accordingly, he did not receive a merit increase in 2009.

Annual Incentive Plan

        Our named executive officers, as well as other key management employees, participate in the Annual Incentive Plan, which we refer to in this prospectus as the AIP, which provides an opportunity to earn a cash bonus upon achievement of certain performance targets approved by the Compensation Committee. These performance objectives are designed to link management's focus with overall Company objectives by providing the executive an opportunity to earn additional short-term compensation. As noted above, we emphasize variable compensation to provide an opportunity for total annual compensation for our named executive officers to exceed that of executives at other comparable companies in the event of superior performance.

        The 2009 performance metrics under the AIP are comprised of two components, operating income and Company shipping performance. These components are weighted 70% and 30%, respectively.

81


Table of Contents


Historically, operating income has always been a component under the AIP and has always been weighted 70%. This weighting reflects the importance that any incentive compensation be driven by the Company's profitability. Our management is given discretion to determine what performance metric or metrics will comprise the remaining 30% of the annual bonus opportunity. This allows our management to select a metric or metrics that reflect the current focus of our business, which are then submitted by the Chief Executive Officer to the Compensation Committee for approval. Management's decision to use Company shipping performance for 2009 reflects its intent to differentiate the Company from its competitors by having exceptional shipping performance.

        Each named executive officer has a target bonus level of 70% of his annual base salary. Beginning in 2009, a cap on a maximum payout under the operating income metric was removed to ensure management is rewarded appropriately for achieving truly outstanding financial performance, but the total maximum payout under the AIP was capped at 140% of annual base salary for each named executive officer.

        The operating income metric, as defined in the AIP measures the degree by which actual operating income performance exceeds or falls short of baseline operating income. Actual operating income is defined as net sales less cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expense. Baseline operating income is defined as the historical five year average operating income per snowfall inch, $13,018 for 2009, multiplied by the actual number of snowfall inches during the current year snow season (snowfall measured by the National Weather Service for October through April). If actual operating income falls below the target, the payout is reduced 35% from the target level for each 10% decrease, until it falls below 80% of the target, at which point no bonus is earned. If actual operating income is higher than the target, the payout is increased 35% from the target level for each 12.5% increase, with no cap. For 2009 the baseline operating income target was $47.6 million. Actual operating income, as defined in the AIP totaled $40.3 million. As a result, based on 2009 performance and the 70% weighting, the payout for this component of the annual incentive plan is 11.7%. The Company shipping performance or perfect ship metric is defined as the percentage of customer orders shipped 100% complete on or before the requested ship date. For 2009, the target bonus for this component is achieved at 95.0% perfect ship performance. If performance falls below the target, the payout is reduced 35% from the target level for each 2.5% decrease, until it falls below 90.0%, at which point no bonus is earned. If performance is higher than target, the payout is increased 35% from the target level for each 2.5% increase, up to a maximum perfect ship performance of 100.0%. Actual perfect shipment performance for 2009 was 98.2%. Thus the payout for this component of the AIP is 34.5%.

        In setting the performance goals under the AIP our intention is to provide for challenging and ambitious targets to further our overall goal of increasing stockholder value. Though challenging, we believe the goals are attainable through a collaborative effort by our named executive officers.

        The Compensation Committee has the right to review and approve payouts made under the AIP. Because awards are based on non-discretionary achievement of the applicable performance metrics, the Compensation Committee determined in 2006 that it would rely on a report from management and not exercise its right to review those results prior to bonus payment. The Compensation Committee has the authority to modify, suspend or terminate the AIP at any time.

Long Term Incentive Compensation

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

        We introduced the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to in this prospectus as the 2004 Plan, in April 2004 in connection with the Acquisition. The purposes of the 2004 Plan are to attract, motivate and retain key employees, consultants and advisors by providing for or increasing their proprietary interests in the Company. We believe that long term performance is achieved though an

82


Table of Contents


ownership culture that rewards and encourages long term performance by our named executive officers though the use of stock-based awards. Currently three of our named executive officers, Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson, have been granted stock options under the 2004 Plan. By design, awards under our 2004 Plan are limited to a very small group of senior executive officers. Our other named executive officer, Mr. Hagelin, was promoted to an executive officer role with the Company, and we intend to provide him with equity compensation when he further develops in this role following the consummation of this offering.

        The Compensation Committee determines who will receive awards under the 2004 Plan and the terms and conditions of those awards. In determining the size of a stock option grant, the Compensation Committee takes into consideration the individual's impact on Company performance, the number of option grants available, and internal pay equity considerations. Although not required, to date all stock option grants have been made in connection with a named executive officer's commencement of employment and the amounts thereof resulted from arms-length negotiations in connection with such commencement of employment.

        All stock options were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our stock on the date of grant. Stock options vest over a 5 year period at 20% per year on the anniversary of the grant date. The Company believes this vesting schedule appropriately encourages long term employment with our Company, while allowing our named executive officers to realize compensation in line with creating stockholder value.

Long Term Incentive Plan

        Prior to 2004, the Company did not maintain an equity-based compensation program. To entice our key employees to maintain a long term commitment to us, our predecessor-in-interest introduced the Long Term Incentive Plan, which we refer to in this prospectus as the LTIP, in 1992. The LTIP is a cash-based plan. Participants are recommended by the Chief Executive Officer and are subject to review and approval by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves all allocations and payments under the LTIP. Currently, one of our named executive officers, Mr. Hagelin, and a limited number of key management employees participate in the LTIP.

        The key measurement factor for the LTIP is defined cash flow, which we refer below as DCF. Because our business is seasonal and our earnings vary from year-to-year generating cash flow is particularly important to our business. DCF is measured as cash flow from operations before financing costs, management fees, interest and income taxes after normal capital expenditures, as defined by the LTIP.

        Under the LTIP, bookkeeping accounts are maintained for each participant tracking the participant's accrued balance under the LTIP. There are two potential sources of input to a participant's account under the LTIP:

    1.
    A seed money amount will be calculated each year equal to 0.5% of DCF from current year operations. There will be no seed amount in any year where DCF is less than $20 million. Seed money will be allocated to a named executive officer's account based upon the ratio of the officer's base salary compared to the total of all participants' base salaries.

    2.
    A growth percentage, depending on the actual DCF for the year, as determined by the following matrix. The growth percentage is applied to the named executive officer's account beginning of the year balance as adjusted for any payouts during the year.

DCF (in millions)

  $ 5   $ 10   $ 20   $ 30   $ 40   $ 50   $ 55   $ 60   $65 and above

Growth %

   
(45

)%
 
(25

)%
 
(10

)%
 
(5

)%
 
5

%
 
15

%
 
20

%
 
25

%

30%

83


Table of Contents

        For 2009, the Company's DCF was $39.0 million, which resulted in an allocation of $7,823 and a growth percentage of 4% being applied to Mr. Hagelin's account balance under the LTIP. Vested account balances are generally paid out only in connection with a termination of employment, either in a lump sum or in installments depending on the reason for termination and the amount of the account balance at the time of termination, subject to partial payout during employment if an account balance exceeds two times the participant's base salary. See "—Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation" for additional information regarding the payout of account balances.

Other Compensation

        In addition to their base salaries and awards under incentive plans described above, our named executive officers receive matching contributions under our 401(k) plan in the same manner as all of our employees who participate in the plan. We match 20% of a participant's pre-tax contributions up to the first 5% of such participant's base salary up to the maximum allowed by the plan. Additionally, as with all other salaried employees, the named executive officers are eligible to participate in the Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Salaried Pension Plan, which is described in more detail below.

        Each named executive officer is also eligible to participate in all other benefit plans and programs that are or may be available to our other executive employees, including any health insurance or health care plan, disability insurance, vacation and sick leave, and other similar plans. The only perquisite our named executive officers receive is a company-paid annual executive physical which was introduced in 2009.

Exercise of Discretion in Executive Compensation

        The Compensation Committee has the discretion to adjust awards under the AIP and LTIP, but has historically not exercised such discretion by either approving payments to named executive officers if a performance goal in a given year is not attained or reducing payments to named executive officers if a performance goal is met.

        Our Board of Directors and Compensation Committee meet as often as required during the year in furtherance of their respective duties, including a review of all Company annual incentive plans and compensation for Mr. Janik.

Severance and Change of Control Arrangements

        Three of our named executive officers, Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson, are parties to employment agreements entered into at the time of their initial hire by us. Under each of these employment agreements, the named executive officer is eligible for severance benefits consisting of base salary continuation (ranging from twelve to 24 months), paid COBRA coverage for twelve months and accelerated vesting of a portion of the executive's then outstanding stock options if his employment is terminated by us without cause or if the executive resigns due to a material breach by us. Additionally, Mr. Janik is entitled to receive a pro-rated portion of his annual bonus under the AIP if his employment is terminated for any reason other than a termination by the Company for cause or resignation other than for a Material Breach. Mr. Adamson's severance benefits are also triggered in the event we do not renew the initial term of his employment agreement in August 2010. Mr. Hagelin, who does not have an employment agreement, would be entitled to participate in our customary severance plan if he were terminated without cause, which provides for one week of severance for each year of service and access to COBRA benefits as required by applicable laws. Additionally, he would remain fully vested in his LTIP account.

        We compete for executive talent in a highly competitive market in which companies routinely offer similar benefits to named executive officers. We view these benefits as appropriate for the named

84


Table of Contents

executive officers who may not be in a position to readily obtain comparable employment within a reasonable period of time.

        Additionally, in the event of a change of control, all of the unvested options held by Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson would become fully vested. We also adopted a Liquidity Bonus Plan, which we refer to as the LBP, which provides for cash bonus payments to eligible participants in connection with a change of control. The LBP became effective November 2007 and automatically terminates on the fifth anniversary of its effective date unless a change of control occurs prior to such date. Upon a change of control, a bonus pool of at least $1,000,000 is to be allocated among eligible employees (which includes the named executive officers) in the manner determined by our Board of Directors in its sole discretion and subsequently paid out in accordance with those allocations. Our Board of Directors is required to allocate 100% of the pool to eligible employees. Lastly, Mr. Janik has been granted deferred stock units that automatically convert into an equivalent number of shares of our common stock in connection with a change of control.

        Certain of our named executive officers, Mr. Janik and Mr. McCormick, have long service records with us and generally have provided the vision and leadership that has built us into the successful enterprise that we are today. We believe that providing these change of control benefits will keep these individuals, as well as the other named executive officers, focused on stockholders interests rather than income security in the event of a potential change of control transaction.

        Please refer to the discussion below under "—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control" for a more detailed discussion of our severance and change of control arrangements.

Stock Ownership Guidelines

        The are currently no equity ownership requirements or guidelines that any of our named executive officers or other employees must meet or maintain.

Policy Regarding Restatements

        We do not currently have a formal policy requiring a fixed course of action with respect to compensation adjustments following later restatements of financial results. Under those circumstances, our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee would evaluate whether compensation adjustments were appropriate based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the restatement.

Tax Deductibility

        The Compensation Committee has considered the potential future effects of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code on the compensation paid to our named executive officers. Section 162(m) places a limit of $1.0 million on the amount of compensation that a publicly held corporation may deduct in any one year with respect to its chief executive officer and each of the next three most highly compensated executive officers (other than its chief financial officer). In general, certain performance-based compensation approved by stockholders is not subject to this deduction limit. As we are not currently publicly-traded, the Compensation Committee has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in making compensation decisions. We expect that following the consummation of this offering, the Compensation Committee will adopt a policy that, where reasonably practicable, we will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limits of Section 162(m). However, we may authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when we believe that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

85


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year Ended 2009

Name
  Year   Salary   Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Comp(1)
  Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings(2)
  All
Other
Comp(3)
  Total  

James Janik

    2009   $ 360,006   $ 166,285   $ 47,077   $ 3,131   $ 576,499  

Robert McCormick

    2009   $ 247,531   $ 114,333   $ 20,750   $ 3,131   $ 385,745  

Mark Adamson

    2009   $ 216,735   $ 100,109   $ 33,164   $ 3,131   $ 353,139  

Keith Hagelin

    2009   $ 150,860   $ 69,682   $ 28,987   $ 9,518   $ 259,047  

(1)
Reflects the actual payout for the 2009 AIP.

(2)
For Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson, reflects 2009 change in pension plan value. For Mr. Hagelin, represents 2009 change in both pension plan value of $21,485 and the growth portion of the LTIP of $7,502.

(3)
Reflects 401(k) match, seed money for LTIP and cost of executive physicals. See table below.

Name
  401(k)
Matching
Contribution
  Executive
Physicals
  Long Term
Incentive
Plan Seed
Money
  Total All
Other
Compensation
 

James Janik

  $ 2,300   $ 831   N/A   $ 3,131  

Robert McCormick

  $ 2,300   $ 831   N/A   $ 3,131  

Mark Adamson

  $ 2,300   $ 831   N/A   $ 3,131  

Keith Hagelin

  $ 1,695     N/A   $7,823   $ 9,518  


Grant of Plan-Based Awards in Year 2009

 
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards(1)
 
Name
  Threshold   Target   Maximum  

James Janik

  $ 0   $ 252,004   $ 504,008  

Robert McCormick

  $ 0   $ 173,272   $ 346,543  

Mark Adamson

  $ 0   $ 151,715   $ 303,429  

Keith Hagelin

  $ 0   $ 105,602   $ 211,204  

(1)
Amounts reported above reflect the potential performance based incentive cash payments each executive could earn pursuant to the AIP for 2009 with the following explanations:

Threshold (0%)—a minimum level of performance is required to begin earning an incentive. Thus, if these minimum thresholds are not met, the payout is $0.

Target (70% payout)—the performance metrics are established to pay a targeted incentive of 70% of base salary for meeting expected performance levels as determined by the plan.

Maximum (140% payout)—per the plan documentation, a maximum payout of 140% of base salary has been established.

86


Table of Contents

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table for Year Ended December 31, 2009 and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Year 2009 Table

        Certain elements of compensation set forth in the Summary Compensation Table for Year Ended December 31, 2009 and Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Year 2009 Table reflect the terms of employment agreements between us and certain of the named executive officers.

        James L. Janik.    We are a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Janik entered into on March 30, 2004 in connection with the Acquisition. The agreement had an initial term of three years, after which it remains effective for successive one-year periods until we give or are provided by Mr. Janik with 90 days notice of termination prior to each successive renewal date. The agreement provides for an initial base salary of $270,000 per year, which was increased to $360,000 in 2008, and which is subject to annual increase at the discretion of our Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Janik is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 100% of his base salary. As discussed in "—Annual Incentive Plan," beginning in 2009, our Board of Directors provided for an increase in the maximum payouts under the AIP applicable to all participants and thus from 2009 onward Mr. Janik is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 140% of his base salary.

        Robert L. McCormick.    We are a party to an employment agreement with Mr. McCormick entered into on September 7, 2004. The agreement had an initial term of three years, after which it remains effective for successive one-year periods until we give or are provided by Mr. McCormick with 90 days notice of termination prior to each successive renewal date. The agreement provides for an initial base salary of $195,000 per year, which was increased to $252,346 in 2009, and which is subject to annual review and adjustment at the discretion of our Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to his employment agreement Mr. McCormick is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 100% of his base salary. As discussed in "—Annual Incentive Plan," beginning in 2009, our Board of Directors provided for an increase in the maximum payouts under the AIP applicable to all participants and thus from 2009 onward Mr. McCormick is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 140% of his base salary.

        Mark Adamson.    We are a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Adamson entered into on August 27, 2007. The agreement has an initial term of three years, after which it will remain effective for successive one-year periods until we give or are provided by Mr. Adamson with 90 days notice of termination prior to each successive renewal date. The agreement provides for an initial base salary of $205,000 per year, which was increased to $220,938 in 2009, and which is subject to annual review and adjustment at the discretion of our Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Adamson is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 100% of his base salary. As discussed in "—Annual Incentive Plan," beginning in 2009, our Board of Directors provided for an increase in the maximum payouts under the AIP applicable to all participants and thus from 2009 onward Mr. Adamson is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 140% of his base salary.

87


Table of Contents


Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End 2009

        The following table sets forth for each named executive officer, unexercised options, unvested stock and equity incentive plan awards as of the end of 2009.

 
  Option Awards(2)    
   
  Stock Awards  
Name(1)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
  Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested(3)
 

James Janik

    18,103       $ 100     3/30/2014     1,763        

Robert McCormick

    4,908       $ 100     9/4/2014          

Mark Adamson

    2,000     3,000   $ 100     8/27/2017          

(1)
Mr. Hagelin does not own any stock options.

(2)
These stock options were granted on the date ten years prior to the expiration date and become vested over a five-year period following the grant date with 20% of the shares underlying the option becoming vested on each anniversary of the grant date.

(3)
Assumptions used in the calculation of the fair value are included in Note 13, Stock Based Compensation, in the notes to the consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.


Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal 2009

 
  Option Awards  
Name(1)
  Number of
Shares
Acquired
on Exercise
(#)
  Value
Realized on
Exercise
($)
 

James Janik

    (2) $ 650,413  

Robert McCormick

    (2) $ 82,132  

(1)
Mr. Adamson did not exercise any options nor were any of his options repurchased, during 2009, and Mr. Hagelin does not own any options. None of the named executive officers hold any stock that vested during 2009.

(2)
In January 2009, we repurchased 3,341 of Mr. Janik's vested options to acquire shares of our common stock and 422 of Mr. McCormick's vested options to acquire shares of our common stock at the aggregate purchase prices set forth in this table, which purchase prices equaled the aggregate fair market value of that number of shares of our common stock at the time of the repurchase less the aggregate exercise price of the repurchased options. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Repurchase Agreements."

88


Table of Contents


Pension Benefits

        The following table sets forth each named executive officer's pension benefits as of the end of 2009.

Name
  Plan Name   Number of
Years of
Credited
Service
  Present
Value of
Accumulated
Benefit
  Payments
During Last
Fiscal Year
 

James Janik

  Salaried Pension     16.3   $ 320,337      

Robert McCormick

  Salaried Pension     4.3   $ 78,333      

Mark Adamson

  Salaried Pension     1.4   $ 33,164      

Keith Hagelin

  Salaried Pension     13.7   $ 169,512      

        We sponsor a defined benefit plan, the Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Salaried Pension Plan, in which our named executive officers participate. The accrued benefit under the plan is 1.67% of final average monthly compensation multiplied by years of service (capped at 30 years) less 1.67% of monthly social security benefit multiplied by years of service (capped at 30 years). "Final average monthly compensation" is calculated based on the highest five year consecutive total compensation during the last ten years of employment.

        Participants may receive their full benefit upon normal retirement at age 65 or a reduced benefit upon early retirement at age 55 with ten years of service. Reduced benefits are also available after termination with five years of service.

        The amounts in the table above reflect the actuarial change in present value of the named executive officer's benefits under our defined benefit plan and are determined using the interest rate and other assumptions discussed in Note 12 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation

        The following table sets forth information regarding contributions, earnings, withdrawals and balances with respect to the LTIP for the year ended 2009.

Name(1)
  Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
  Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY(2)
  Aggregate
Earnings in
Last FY(2)
  Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
  Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE
 

Keith Hagelin

      $ 7,823   $ 7,502       $ 202,863  

(1)
Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson do not participate in the LTIP.

(2)
Company contributions and aggregate earnings are also reflected in the "Summary Compensation Table."

        All amounts allocated to Mr. Hagelin's account are vested except in the event of his voluntary separation or termination for cause. In this case, the last two years will not be considered vested and will be subtracted from his account balance. Vested portions will be paid out in lump sum upon death, long term disability or normal retirement. For all other separations, payouts will be made in five equal annual installments with interest accruing on the unpaid balance at the one year US Treasury rate effective at the beginning of the year, unless the account balance is less than$75,000, in which event it will be paid out in a lump sum. If the total in Mr. Hagelin's account reaches two times his base salary, one-fifth of the account balance will be paid out by February 15th of the following year. See "—Long Term Incentive Compensation—Long Term Incentive Plan" for additional information regarding the LTIP.

89


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

        The information below describes certain compensation and benefits to which our named executive officers are entitled in the event their employment is terminated under certain circumstances and/or a change of control occurs. See the table at the end of this section for the amount of compensation and benefits that would have become payable under existing plans and contractual arrangements assuming a termination of employment and/or change of control had occurred on December 31, 2009 based upon the estimated fair value of our common stock on that date of $            , given the named executive officers' compensation and service levels as of such date. There can be no assurance that an actual triggering event would produce the same or similar results as those estimated if such event occurs on any other date or at any other price, or if any other assumption used to estimate potential payments and benefits is not correct. Due to the number of factors that affect the nature and amount of any potential payments or benefits, any actual payments and benefits may be different.

Involuntary Termination Without Cause or Resignation Due to Material Breach

        Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson.    We are parties to employment agreements with three of the named executive officers (Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson), all of which were entered into prior to December 31, 2009. Under these employment agreements, if we terminate the executive's employment without Cause (as defined below), or if the executive were to terminate his employment due to a Material Breach (as defined below) by us, the executive would be entitled to receive severance benefits consisting of base salary continuation. Under such circumstances, Mr. Janik would be entitled to 24 months of his base salary, and each of Messrs. McCormick and Adamson would be entitled to 12 months of his base salary, in each case paid monthly. Any unvested stock options scheduled to vest at the next applicable vesting date would vest pro-rata according to the number of months the executive was employed during the relevant vesting period. We would also continue each executive's benefits for one year at the executive's election and cost. Additionally, Mr. Janik would also have been entitled to receive a pro-rated portion of his annual performance bonus for the year of termination. Severance payments would generally be subject to the executive's compliance with certain non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality covenants (described in more detail below) during the period severance payments are being made.

        Under each employment agreement, "Cause" means the occurrence or existence of any of the following with respect to an executive, as determined in good faith by a majority of the disinterested members of our Board of Directors: (a) a material breach by the executive of any of his material obligations under the employment agreement which remains uncured after the lapse of 30 days following the date that we have given the executive written notice thereof; (b) a material breach by the executive of his duty not to engage in any transaction that represents, directly or indirectly, self-dealing with us or any of our respective affiliates which has not been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of our Board of Directors, if in any such case such material breach remains uncured after the lapse of 30 days following the date that we have given the executive written notice thereof; (c) the repeated material breach by the executive of any material duty referred to in clause (a) or (b) above as to which at least two (2) written notices have been given pursuant to such clause (a) or (b); (d) any act of misappropriation, embezzlement, intentional fraud or similar conduct involving us; (e) the conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of a felony involving moral turpitude; (f) intentional infliction of any damage of a material nature to any of our property; or (g) the repeated non-prescription abuse of any controlled substance or the repeated abuse of alcohol or any other non-controlled substance which, in any case described in this clause, our Board of Directors reasonably determines renders the executive unfit to serve us as an officer or employee.

        Under each employment agreement, the executive has the right to terminate his employment if (a) we fail to perform a material condition or covenant of the employment agreement that remains uncured after an applicable cure period or (b) we repeatedly fail to perform a material condition or

90


Table of Contents


covenant of the employment agreement as to which at least two written notices have been given by the executive (each of clause (a) and (b), a "Material Breach"). Additionally, under Mr. Janik's employment agreement, Material Breach also includes the relocation of his principal place of performance to outside the Milwaukee, Wisconsin metropolitan area without his prior written consent.

        Each of the employment agreements contains a non-competition provision that prevents the executive officer from working for or investing in our competitors and a non-solicit provision that prevents the executive officer from soliciting our employees, in each case for three years after termination of employment, and a perpetual nondisclosure provision.

        Mr. Hagelin.    Mr. Hagelin is not a party to an employment agreement. Accordingly, if he were to be terminated without cause, he would be entitled to participate in our general severance plan, which provides for one week of severance per year of service. Additionally, as a participant in the LTIP, he would remain 100% vested in his account balance (rather than forfeit the last two years of contributions in the event of termination with cause or voluntary resignation).

Termination due to Death, Disability or Retirement

        Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson.    Under the employment agreements, if the executive's employment terminates due to death, Disability (as defined below) or retirement, the executive would generally not be entitled to severance benefits except as follows. In the event of an executive's death, we would be obligated to continue coverage of such executive's dependents (if any) under all benefit plans and programs for a period of six months at no charge to the dependants. Additionally, under the AIP, in the event of termination due to death or Disability and, in the case of Mr. Janik, his retirement, each executive (or his beneficiaries) would be entitled to receive a pro-rated portion of his annual performance bonus for the year of termination.

        Under the employment agreements, "Disability" means a disability that renders the executive unable to perform the essential functions of his position, even with reasonable accommodation, for a period of 60 consecutive days or for 90 days within any 180 day period.

        Mr. Hagelin.    Mr. Hagelin is not a party to an employment agreement. Accordingly, if his employment were terminated due to death, disability or retirement, he would not be entitled to any severance benefits. As a participant in the LTIP, he would remain 100% vested in his account balance and would receive a lump sum distribution. Additionally, under the AIP, he (or his beneficiaries) would be entitled to receive a pro-rated portion of his annual performance bonus.

Treatment of Vested Stock Options

        Under the terms of each employment agreement and option award agreement with Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson, in the event an executive's employment with us terminates for any reason, other than for Cause, he would be entitled to exercise all vested stock options held by him for a period of 180 days after the termination date, except that if Mr. Janik's employment is terminated without Cause, or due to his death, Disability or retirement, or he resigns due to a Material Breach, he has a period of 24 months to exercise all vested stock options held by him.

Change of Control

        Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson.    Under the terms of each employment agreement and option award agreement with Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson, in the event of a change of control (as defined below), all unvested options held by the executive accelerate and become fully vested. For purposes of the employment agreements and option award agreements, "change of control" means any time, (i) the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates shall cease to collectively beneficially own and control at least 51%, on a fully diluted basis, of our outstanding capital stock

91


Table of Contents

entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of our Board of Directors (or similar governing body), unless the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates collectively beneficially own and control (a) at least 35%, on a fully diluted basis, of our outstanding capital stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of our Board of Directors (or similar governing body) and (b) on a fully diluted basis, more of our outstanding capital stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of our Board of Directors (or similar governing body) than any other person or "group" (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act); (ii) any person or "group" (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) other than Aurora, Ares and their respective affiliates collectively shall have obtained the power (whether or not exercised) to elect a majority of our members of our Board of Directors (or similar governing body); (iii) Douglas Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests in the limited liability company interests of Douglas LLC; or (iv) the majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on our Board of Directors (or similar governing body) cease to be occupied by persons who either (a) were members of our Board of Directors on April 12, 2004 or (b) were nominated for election by our Board of Directors, a majority of whom were directors on April 12, 2004 or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors.

        All Named Executive Officers.    In accordance with the LBP, in the event of a change of control (as defined below), a bonus pool of at least $1 million is to be allocated among eligible employees (including the named executive officers) in the manner determined by our Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Because the allocation of the bonus pool established by the LBP is not known until a change of control is consummated, it is not known how much each named executive officer would have been entitled to receive if a change of control had occurred on December 31, 2009.

        For purposes of the LBP, a "change of control" means any time the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates shall cease collectively to have the power to vote or direct the voting of the securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of our directors unless (i) the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates collectively own, beneficially and of record, at least 35% of our common stock (on a fully diluted basis), (ii) the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates collectively own, beneficially and of record, an amount of our common stock equal to at least 51% (on a fully diluted basis) of our common stock collectively owned by the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates, beneficially and of record, as of the effective date of the LBP, (iii) the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates collectively have the power (pursuant to stockholder agreements, proxies or other contractual arrangements) to elect a majority of our Board of Directors and (iv) no "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), has become, or has obtained the rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the "beneficial owners" (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more of our outstanding common stock than so held collectively by the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates.

        Mr. Janik's Deferred Stock Units.    Prior to the implementation of the 2004 Plan, Mr. Janik participated in the LTIP. Concurrent with the implementation of the 2004 Plan, Mr. Janik's LTIP balance was converted into 1,763 deferred stock units, each of which currently represents the right to receive one share of our common stock, pursuant to the terms of the deferred stock unit agreement between Mr. Janik and us. In the event of a change of control (as defined in the same manner as in the option award agreements), we will be obligated to issue to Mr. Janik one share of our common stock for each of his deferred stock units and the deferred stock units will be cancelled.

        The table below sets forth the estimated value of the potential payments to each of the named executive officers, assuming the executive's employment had terminated on December 31, 2009 and/or that a change of control had occurred on that date. These figures are based on the employment

92


Table of Contents


agreements in effect on December 31, 2009. The table excludes payouts that would have been made under the LBP since such payouts would only be known had a change of control occurred on December 31, 2009.

Name
  Termination
without cause
or resignation
for material
breach
  Termination
due to
death
  Termination
due to
disability
  Termination
due to
retirement
  Change of
control
 

James Janik

                               
 

Severance

  $ 726,523                  
 

Dependent COBRA Coverage

      $ 480              
 

AIP Bonus

  $ 166,285   $ 166,285   $ 166,285   $ 166,285      
 

Deferred Stock Units

                       

Robert McCormick

                               
 

Severance

  $ 255,606                  
 

Dependent COBRA Coverage

      $ 480              
 

AIP Bonus

      $ 114,333   $ 114,333          

Mark Adamson

                               
 

Severance

  $ 224,198                  
 

Dependent COBRA Coverage

      $ 480              
 

AIP Bonus

      $ 100,109   $ 100,109          
 

Option Acceleration(1)

                         

Keith Hagelin

                               
 

Severance(2)

  $ 41,636                  
 

Dependent COBRA Coverage(3)

      $ 401              
 

AIP Bonus

      $ 69,682   $ 69,682          
 

LTIP

  $ 202,863 (4) $ 202,863   $ 202,863   $ 202,863      

(1)
Accelerated vesting of stock options is based on the difference between the estimated fair value of our common stock on December 31, 2009 and the exercise price.

(2)
Mr. Hagelin is not a party to an employment agreement; his severance amount is based on our policy of providing one week of salary for each year of service.

(3)
Mr. Hagelin is not a party to an employment agreement, but our policy would be to provide his dependents with 6 months COBRA coverage consistent with the other named executive officers.

(4)
Reflects amount to be paid to Mr. Hagelin in the event he was terminated without cause. In the event he resigned voluntarily or was terminated without cause, he would have forfeited $40,469 (the amount allocated to his LTIP account balance during 2008 and 2009).

Stock Incentive Plans

2010 Stock Incentive Plan

        In connection with this offering we expect to adopt a new 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2010 Stock Plan. The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2010 Stock Plan. This description is not complete. For more information, we refer you to the full text of the 2010 Stock Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        The 2010 Stock Plan will authorize the grant of "non-qualified" stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or RSU, and incentive bonuses to employees, officers, non-employee directors and other service providers to us and

93


Table of Contents


our subsidiaries. The number of shares of common stock issuable pursuant to all awards granted under the 2010 Stock Plan will not exceed            shares of our common stock, plus any shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2004 Stock Plan that on or after            , 2010 cease to be subject to such awards. The number of shares issued or reserved pursuant to the 2010 Stock Plan (or pursuant to outstanding awards) is subject to adjustment as a result of mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, stock splits, stock dividends and other changes in our common stock. Shares subject to awards that have been canceled, expired, forfeited or otherwise not issued under an award and shares subject to awards settled in cash do no count as shares issued under the 2010 Stock Plan. In addition, (i) shares that were subject to a stock-settled SAR and were not issued upon the net settlement or net exercise of such SAR, (ii) shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock option, (iii) shares delivered to or withheld by us to pay the withholding taxes related to an award, and (iv) shares repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of an option exercise do not count as shares issued under the 2010 Stock Plan.

        Administration.    The 2010 Stock Plan will be administered by our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will have the discretion to determine the individuals to whom awards may be granted under the 2010 Stock Plan, the manner in which such awards will vest and the other conditions applicable to awards. Options, SARs, restricted stock, RSUs and incentive bonuses may be granted by the Compensation Committee to employees, officers, non-employee directors and other service providers in such numbers and at such times during the term of the 2010 Stock Plan as the Compensation Committee shall determine. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to interpret the 2010 Stock Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the 2010 Stock Plan and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2010 Stock Plan. All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the Compensation Committee, and any rules and regulations under the 2010 Stock Plan and the terms and conditions of or operation of any award, are final and binding on all participants, beneficiaries, heirs, assigns or other persons holding or claiming rights under the 2010 Stock Plan or any award.

        Options.    The Compensation Committee will determine the exercise price and other terms for each option and whether the options are non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees and are subject to certain other restrictions. To the extent an option intended to be an incentive stock option does not so qualify, it will be treated as a non-qualified option. A participant may exercise an option by written notice and payment of the exercise price in shares, cash or a combination thereof, as determined by the Compensation Committee, including an irrevocable commitment by a broker to pay over such amount from a sale of the shares issuable under an option, the delivery of previously owned shares and withholding of shares deliverable upon exercise.

        Stock appreciation rights.    The Compensation Committee may grant SARs independent of or in connection with an option. The exercise price per share of a SAR will be an amount determined by the Compensation Committee, and the Compensation Committee will determine the other terms applicable to SARs. Generally, each SAR will entitle a participant upon exercise to an amount equal to:

    the excess of the fair market value on the exercise date of one share of common stock over the exercise price, multiplied by

    the number of shares of common stock covered by the SAR.

        Payment shall be made in common stock or in cash, or partly in common stock and partly in cash, all as shall be determined by the Compensation Committee.

        Restricted stock and restricted stock units.    The Compensation Committee may award restricted common stock and RSUs. Restricted stock awards consist of shares of common stock that are transferred to the participant subject to restrictions that may result in forfeiture if specified conditions

94


Table of Contents


are not satisfied. RSUs result in the transfer of shares of cash or common stock to the participant only after specified conditions are satisfied. The Compensation Committee will determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each award of restricted stock or RSUs, which may include performance vesting conditions.

        Incentive bonuses.    An incentive bonus is an opportunity for a participant to earn a future payment tied to the level of achievement with respect to one or more performance criteria established for a performance period set by the Compensation Committee. Payment of the amount due under an incentive bonus may be made in cash or in shares, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

        Performance criteria.    Vesting of awards granted under the 2010 Stock Plan may be subject to the satisfaction of one or more performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. The performance goals may vary from participant to participant, group to group, and period to period.

        Transferability.    Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, awards granted under the 2010 Stock Plan will not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

        Change of control.    The Compensation Committee may provide, either at the time an award is granted or thereafter, that a change of control (as defined in the 2010 Stock Plan) that occurs after the offering shall have such effect as specified by the Compensation Committee, or no effect, as the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion may provide.

        Amendment and termination.    Awards will be granted under the 2010 Stock Plan only during the ten years following the effective date of the 2010 Stock Plan. Our Board of Directors will have the authority to amend, alter or discontinue the 2010 Stock Plan in any respect at any time, but no amendment may diminish any of the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted, without his or her consent. In addition, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that would increase the maximum number of shares available for awards, reduce the price at which options may be granted, change the class of eligible participants, or otherwise when stockholder approval is required by law or under stock exchange listing requirements.

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

        Our Board of Directors adopted, and our stockholders subsequently approved, the Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2004 Stock Plan. An aggregate of 68,345 shares of our common stock may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2004 Stock Plan. Following the adoption of the 2010 Stock Plan, we will not issue any further awards under the 2004 Stock Plan.

        The 2004 Stock Plan provides for the grant to our executives, directors, consultants, advisors and key employees and employees of Aurora Capital Group and Ares of equity awards. Awards are not restricted to any specified form or structure and may include, without limitation, sales or bonuses of common stock, restricted stock, stock options, reload stock options, stock purchase warrants, other rights to acquire common stock, securities convertible into or redeemable for common stock, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, dividend equivalents, performance units or performance shares. As of December 31, 2009, options to purchase an aggregate of 48,497 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2004 Stock Plan with a weighted average exercise price per share of $100. No awards other than stock options have been granted under the terms of the 2004 Stock Plan, and we have no current intentions to issue any additional awards (in the form of stock options or otherwise) under the 2004 Stock Plan.

        The 2004 Stock Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. Options granted under the 2004 Stock Plan are evidenced by stock option agreements containing such provisions as the

95


Table of Contents


Compensation Committee deems advisable. All options granted under the 2004 Stock Plan expire not more than 10 years after the date of grant and have an exercise price that is determined by the Compensation Committee, but in no event is less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options issued under the 2004 Stock Plan generally vest ratably over five years (20% on the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date), provided that the participant is then employed by us, but may be subject to certain acceleration provisions, including full acceleration in connection with a change of control. Full payment for shares of common stock purchased on the exercise of an option must be made at the time of such exercise in a manner approved by the Compensation Committee.

        If a participant is our employee or consultant and the participant's service is terminated for any reason within two years of commencement of employment or consultancy, as applicable, we may, but are not obligated to, purchase any of the shares of common stock issued under the 2004 Stock Plan then owned by the participant within 60 days after the termination of service. Shares of our common stock acquired under the 2004 Stock Plan may not be transferred by the participant other than pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution or to certain family members or trusts established solely for the benefit thereof, and are generally subject to a right of first refusal in favor of us. These repurchase rights, transfer restrictions and right of first refusal will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

        Our Board of Directors may amend or terminate the 2004 Stock Plan at any time, subject to certain restrictions. Outstanding awards may be amended, however, only with the consent of the holder.

Compensation of Directors

        Only two of our directors, Messrs. Peiffer and Wickham, have received any compensation in connection with their service on our Board of Directors. Each was granted options to purchase 2,062 shares of our common stock under our 2004 Plan in 2004 at an exercise price of $100, all of which remain outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2009. During 2009, none of our directors received any compensation.

96


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table and accompanying footnotes provide information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock and voting preferred stock as of January             , 2010 with respect to:

    each person or group who beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

    each member of our Board of Directors and each named executive officer (as listed in the Summary Compensation Table);

    all members of our Board of Directors and executive officers as a group; and

    the selling stockholders.

        Beneficial ownership, which is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting or dispose or direct the disposition of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by a person includes shares of common stock issuable with respect to options or similar convertible securities held by that person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days.

        The number of shares and percentage beneficial ownership of common stock before this offering set forth below is based on            shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of            , 2010. The number of shares and percentage beneficial ownership of common stock after the consummation of this offering is based on (a)              shares of our common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after consummation of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option and (b)             shares of our common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after consummation of this offering, assuming the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option.

        Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o Douglas Dynamics, Inc., 7777 N. 73rd Street, PO Box 2455038, Milwaukee, WI 53223.

97


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, shares are owned directly or indirectly with sole voting and investment power, subject to applicable community property laws.

 
  Number of Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering*
   
  Number of Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned Immediately After
Consummation of this Offering
 
 
   
   
   
  Assuming the
Underwriters'
Over-Allotment Option
is Not Exercised
  Assuming the
Underwriters'
Over-Allotment Option
is Exercised in Full
 
 
   
   
  Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Offered
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
  Percentage
of Class
  Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
  Percentage
of Class
  Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
  Percentage
of Class
 

5% Stockholders

                                           

Affiliates of Aurora Capital Group

   
437,866

(1)(2)
 
68.65

%
                             

Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. 

   
200,857

(3)
 
33.03

%
                             

General Electric Pension Trust

   
92,500

(4)
 
15.23

%
                             

Directors and Named Executive Officers

                                           

James L. Janik

   
18,103

(5)
 
2.89

%
                             

Robert L. McCormick

   
4,908

(6)
 
**
                               

Mark Adamson

   
2,000

(7)
 
**
                               

Keith Hagelin

   
   
**
                               

Jack O. Peiffer

   
2,062

(8)
 
**
                               

Michael W. Wickham

   
2,062

(9)
 
**
                               

Mark Rosenbaum(10)

   
   
**
                               

Michael Marino(10)

   
   
**
                               

Nav Rahemtulla(11)

   
   
**
                               

Jeffrey Serota(11)

   
   
**
                               

All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)

   
29,135

(12)
 
4.58

%
                             

Other Selling Stockholders

                                           

*
In addition to the number of shares of common stock reflected as beneficially owned in the table above, Aurora Equity Partners II L.P. holds the sole issued and outstanding share of our Series B preferred stock, $.01 par value per share, and Ares holds the sole issued and outstanding share of our Series C preferred stock, $.01 par value per share. Such shares of Series B preferred stock and Series C preferred stock will be redeemed immediately prior to consummation of this offering.

**
Denotes ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Includes an aggregate of 300,000 shares of common stock held of record by the Aurora Entities and 137,866 Aurora Voting Shares. The 137,866 "Aurora Voting Shares" consist of (i) 45,366 shares held of record by certain securityholders (other than General Electric Pension Trust, which we refer to as GEPT, and Ares) who have granted an irrevocable proxy to the Aurora Entities to vote all of their shares as the Aurora Entities shall determine (includes currently exercisable options to purchase 30,635 shares of common stock held by certain advisors to Aurora Capital Group and certain directors, members and former members of

98


Table of Contents

    management of Douglas Holdings (see footnote (2)), and (ii) 92,500 shares held of record held by GEPT, which generally has agreed to vote all of its shares of stock in the same manner as the Aurora Entities vote their shares. The proxy and voting agreement are described more completely under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Securityholders Agreement."

    Each of the Aurora Entities is controlled by Aurora Advisors II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to in this prospectus as AAII. Messrs. Gerald L. Parsky and John T. Mapes, both of whom are Managing Directors of Aurora Capital Group, jointly control AAII and thus may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities beneficially owned by the Aurora Entities, though the foregoing statement shall not be deemed an admission of their beneficial ownership of such securities. The address of each of the Aurora Entities and of Messrs. Parsky and Mapes is c/o Aurora Capital Group, 10877 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 2100, Los Angeles, CA 90024.

(2)
Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 30,635 shares of common stock. Such options are held by certain advisors to Aurora Capital Group, as well certain members and former members of management of Douglas Dynamics and Messrs. Wickham and Peiffer. The shares issuable upon exercise of these options are subject to the proxies granted to the Aurora Entities described in footnote 1.

(3)
Includes currently exercisable options to purchase 857 shares of common stock. The address of Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. is 2000 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1200, Los Angeles, California 90067.

(4)
GEPT is an employee benefit plan trust for the benefit of the employees and retirees of General Electric Company and its subsidiaries. GE Asset Management Incorporated is a registered investment adviser and acts as Investment Manager for GEPT. GE Asset Management may be deemed to beneficially share ownership of the shares owned by GEPT, but has no pecuniary interest in such shares. GE expressly disclaims beneficial ownership of all shares owned by GEPT. The address of GEPT is 3001 Summer Street, Stamford, Connecticut 06905. As discussed in footnote (1), pursuant to the Securityholders Agreement, with certain limited exceptions, GEPT has agreed to vote its shares of common stock in the same manner as the Aurora Entities.

(5)
Consists of currently exercisable options to purchase 18,103 shares of common stock, all of which are Aurora Voting Shares.

(6)
Consists of currently exercisable options to purchase 4,908 shares of common stock, all of which are Aurora Voting Shares.

(7)
Consists of currently exercisable options to purchase 2,000 shares of common stock, all of which are Aurora Voting Shares.

(8)
Consists of currently exercisable options to purchase 2,062 shares of common stock, all of which are Aurora Voting Shares.

(9)
Consists of currently exercisable options to purchase 2,062 shares of common stock, all of which are Aurora Voting Shares.

(10)
Associated with the Aurora Entities. Neither Mr. Marino nor Mr. Rosenbaum have beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned by the Aurora Entities.

(11)
Associated with Ares. Amounts reported do not include shares held by Ares described elsewhere in this table. Both Messrs. Serota and Rahemtulla disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned by Ares.

(12)
Consists of currently exercisable options to purchase 29,135 shares of common stock, all of which are Aurora Voting Shares.

99


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Related Party Transaction Policy

        We do not currently have a formal, written policy or procedure for the review and approval of related party transactions. However, all related party transactions are currently reviewed and approved by a disinterested majority of our Board of Directors.

        We will adopt a written related party transaction policy, which will become effective upon our listing on the NYSE. This policy will require the review and approval of all transactions involving us or any of our subsidiaries and a related person in which (i) the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year and (ii) a related person has or will have a direct or indirect interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or less than 10% beneficial owner of another entity) prior to entering into such transaction. For purposes of the policy, related persons will include our directors, executive officers, 5% or greater stockholders and parties related to the foregoing, such as immediate family members and entities they control. In reviewing such transactions, the policy will require the Audit Committee to consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available to the Audit Committee. In addition, the policy will delegate to the chair of the Audit Committee the authority to pre-approve or ratify any transaction with a related person in which the aggregate amount involved is expected to be less than $1,000,000.

Related Party Transactions

        The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2007 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Promissory Notes / Pledge and Security Agreements

        We are not party to any loan arrangements with our current executive officers or directors. However, under the terms of our management incentive and non-qualified stock option agreements under the 2004 Plan, members of management who received options underlying shares of our common stock could elect to satisfy the exercise price of such options by delivering a full recourse promissory note to us in respect of the aggregate exercise price together with the execution of a pledge and security agreement pledging to us as a security for payment under the promissory note the acquired shares of our common stock. While we plan to eliminate this method of satisfying the exercise price of our stock options prior to the consummation of this offering by amending the 2004 Plan as well as any of our management incentive and non-qualified stock option agreements that include this provision, summarized below is the principal amount of and interest that accrued in 2007, 2008 and 2009 on any such promissory notes delivered by individuals who are, or were, executive officers of the Company at any time in the past three years. The only notes that remain outstanding are those of our former executive officers. The principal amount of and the interest accrued on the promissory notes delivered by Messrs. Janik and McCormick were canceled as described under "—Repurchase Agreements" below.

    Flemming H. Smittsdorff (Former Vice President Sales and Marketing from 2000 to 2007): On August 1, 2006 and August 15, 2007, Mr. Smittsdorff delivered to the Company promissory notes in the principal amounts of $163,000 and $81,500 in respect of his exercise of 1,630 and 815 stock options, respectively. The principal amount of and interest accrued on such notes remain outstanding in full as of the date hereof. During each of 2007, 2008 and 2009, interest of $8,150 accrued in respect of the $163,000 principal promissory note and during 2007, 2008 and 2009, interest of $1,552, $4,075 and $4,075 accrued, respectively, in respect of the $81,500 principal promissory note.

100


Table of Contents

    James R. Roethle (Former Senior Vice President of Operations from 2004 to 2007): On August 1, 2006 and August 15, 2007, Mr. Roethle delivered to the Company promissory notes in the principal amounts of $195,600 and $106,000 in respect of his exercise of 1,956 and 1,060 stock options, respectively. The principal amount of and interest accrued on such notes remain outstanding in full as of the date hereof. During each of 2007, 2008 and 2009 interest of $9,780 accrued in respect of the $195,600 principal promissory note and during 2007, 2008 and 2009, interest of $2,018, $5,300 and $5,300 accrued, respectively, in respect of the $106,000 principal promissory note.

    Kenneth Black (Former Vice President of Operations from 2005 to 2008): On August 1, 2006 and August 15, 2007, Mr. Black delivered to the Company promissory notes in the principal amounts of $100,000 and $100,000 in respect of his exercise of 1,000 and 1,000 stock options, respectively. In connection with Mr. Black's termination from the Company in April 2008, the Company exercised its right to repurchase his 2,000 shares of common stock per the terms of his separation agreement at a price per share of $156.00 (for an aggregate price of $312,000) and the principal and interest accrued on his promissory notes were satisfied with the proceeds from the repurchase of shares. During 2007, $5,000 in interest accrued in respect of Mr. Black's August 1 2006 promissory note and $1,890 in interest accrued in respect of Mr. Black's August 15, 2007 promissory note. From January 1, 2008 through Mr. Black's termination on April 17, 2008, $1,466 in interest accrued on each of his promissory notes.

    James L. Janik: On October 3, 2007, Mr. Janik delivered to the Company a promissory note in the principal amount of $300,000 in respect of his exercise of 3,000 stock options. In connection with the repurchase transactions described below, (i) 292,500 of the principal amount outstanding under Mr. Janik's promissory note as of December 22, 2008 was satisfied from the proceeds of the share repurchase and all interest accrued thereon as of such date was forgiven and (ii) on January 23, 2009 the remaining principal was satisfied and interest accrued on the promissory note was forgiven. See "—Repurchase Agreements." During 2007 and 2008, interest of $3,658 and $14,790, accrued, respectively, on the promissory note. From January 1, 2009 to January 23, 2009, the date of satisfaction of the promissory note, $24 of interest accrued on the promissory note.

    Robert McCormick: On October 3, 2007, Mr. McCormick delivered to the Company a promissory note in the principal amount of $300,000 in respect of his exercise of 3,000 stock options. In connection with the repurchase transactions described below, (i) 170,100 of the principal amount outstanding under Mr. McCormick's promissory note as of December 22, 2008 was satisfied from the proceeds of the share repurchase and all interest accrued thereon as of such date was forgiven and (ii) on January 23, 2009 the remaining principal amount was satisfied and accrued interest on the promissory note was forgiven. See "—Repurchase Agreements." During 2007 and 2008, interest of $3,658 and $14,639, respectively, accrued on the promissory note. From January 1, 2009 to January 23, 2009, the date of satisfaction of the promissory note, $24 of interest accrued on the promissory note.

Repurchase Agreements

        On December 22, 2008 and January 23, 2009, we entered into securities repurchase agreements with each of Messrs. Janik and McCormick. Pursuant to these agreements, we repurchased a portion of our common stock and stock options exercisable for shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment and the satisfaction of the principal amount of the promissory notes held by Messrs. Janik and McCormick as described under "—Promissory Notes / Pledge and Security Agreements" above.

101


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to the repurchase agreements that we entered into with Mr. Janik, (i) on December 22, 2008, we repurchased 3,225 shares of our common stock in exchange for aggregate consideration of $957,516, comprised of a cash payment to Mr. Janik in the amount of $665,016 and the satisfaction of $292,500 of principal on his promissory note; and (ii) on January 23, 2009, we repurchased 75 shares of our common stock and options to purchase an aggregate of 3,341 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $100 per share in exchange for aggregate consideration of $672,513, comprised of a cash payment to Mr. Janik in the amount of $665,013 and the satisfaction of the remaining principal amount of $7,500 on his promissory note. In connection with these repurchase transactions, we also forgave the accrued interest, totaling $18,472, on Mr. Janik's promissory note.

        Pursuant to the repurchase agreements that we entered into with Mr. McCormick, (i) on December 22, 2008, we repurchased 1,701 shares of our common stock in exchange for aggregate consideration of $505,034, comprised of a cash payment to Mr. McCormick in the amount of $334,934 and the satisfaction of $170,100 of principal on his promissory note; and (ii) on January 23, 2009, we repurchased 1,299 shares of our common stock and options to purchase an aggregate of 422 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $100 per share in exchange for aggregate consideration of $464,850, comprised of a cash payment to Mr. McCormick in the amount of $334,950 and the satisfaction of the remaining principal amount of $129,900 on his promissory note. In connection with these repurchase transactions, we also forgave the accrued interest, totaling $18,321, on Mr. McCormick's promissory note.

        Each of the repurchase agreements obligates the executive to remit to us certain sums if the executive is terminated by us for cause (as defined in his employment agreement, see "Executive Compensation—Involuntary Termination Without Cause or Resignation Due to Material Breach") or voluntarily terminates his employment with us for any reason other than a material breach (as defined in his employment agreement, see "Executive Compensation—Involuntary Termination Without Cause or Resignation Due to Material Breach") within 36 months following the date of the applicable repurchase agreement. See "Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements." More specifically, Mr. Janik's repurchase agreements require him to remit to us $1,330,029 if his employment so terminates before December 22, 2011 and $665,013 if his employment so terminates between December 22, 2011 and prior to January 23, 2012. Mr. McCormick's repurchase agreements require him to remit to us $669,884 if his employment is so terminated before December 22, 2011 and $334,950 if his employment is so terminated between December 22, 2011 and prior to January 23, 2012.

Securityholders Agreement

        The following is a summary description of those principal terms of the Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement dated June 30, 2004, as amended by that certain amendment dated as of December 27, 2004, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Securityholders Agreement, among Douglas Holdings, the Aurora Entities, Ares and Douglas Holdings' other stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders (such other stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders being the "Class A securityholders") that will survive consummation of this offering. This summary description does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the definitive Securityholders Agreement, a copy of which has been or will be filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        Transfer Restrictions.    Subject to certain limited exceptions, each of the securityholders party to the Securityholders Agreement has agreed that, without the consent of the Aurora Entities and Ares, it will not transfer our securities that would exceed the lesser of two times the volume limitations set forth in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of Rule 144(e)(1) of the Securities Act, regardless of whether such transfer or such securities are otherwise subject to Rule 144. In addition, certain of the securityholders party to the Securityholders Agreement have agreed to enter into a "lock-up" agreement upon the request of the

102


Table of Contents

underwriters in connection with this offering. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements" and "Underwriting."

        Proxy and Voting Arrangements.    Each of the Class A securityholders party to the Securityholders Agreement (other than General Electric Pension Trust, which we refer to in this prospectus as GEPT) has granted an irrevocable proxy to the Aurora Entities with respect to all shares of our common stock and preferred stock owned by such Class A securityholder from time to time. With certain limited exceptions, GEPT has agreed to vote all shares of our common stock and preferred stock held by GEPT from time to time in the same manner as the Aurora Entities vote their shares of our common stock and preferred stock. Shares of our common stock and preferred stock are to be released from the proxy and voting agreement when they are no longer owned beneficially or of record by the securityholder party to the Securityholders Agreement or any of his, her or its permitted transferees (as defined therein).

        Registration Rights.    All securityholders who are parties to the Securityholders Agreement are entitled to certain "piggy-back" registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock in connection with the registration of our equity securities at any time following the consummation of this offering. In addition, at any time after six months following the consummation of this offering, any securityholder that is a holder of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock shall be entitled to demand the registration of its shares, subject to customary restrictions. We will bear all expenses incident to any such registrations, including the fees and expenses of a single counsel retained by the selling stockholders; however, each selling stockholder will be responsible for the underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes in connection with shares sold by such stockholder. Each selling stockholder and the underwriters through whom shares are sold on behalf of a selling stockholder will be entitled to customary indemnification from us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        Information Rights, Board Observer Rights and Consultation.    Ares and GEPT have the right to (i) receive certain specified quarterly and annual financial information, and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by our independent certified public accountants and (ii) the right to send one observer to all meetings of our Board of Directors, subject to customary confidentiality restrictions. We have also agreed to consult with representatives of Ares concerning certain material issues, events or transactions, including without limitation the preparation of our annual business plan. The foregoing information, board observer and consultation rights expire at such time as Ares or GEPT, as applicable, fail to meet specified ownership threshold with respect to shares of our common stock.

        Amendment and Termination.    The Securityholders Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement executed by (i) us, (ii) the Aurora Entities (subject to the Aurora Entities and its co-investors meeting a specified ownership threshold), (iii) Ares (subject to Ares and its affiliates meeting a specified ownership threshold), (iv) the holders of a majority in interest of the shares of our common stock and preferred stock who are party to the Securityholders Agreement, voting together as a single class, (v) in the case of an amendment adversely affecting the rights of any particular securityholder party to the Securityholders Agreement, the written agreement of such securityholder and (vi) in the case of an amendment to GEPT's proxy, information rights, board observer rights or liability provision, the written agreement of GEPT. The Securityholders Agreement will terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) June 30, 2014, and (ii) the written approval of (a) us, (b) the Aurora Entities (subject to the Aurora Entities and its co-investors meeting a specified ownership threshold), (c) Ares (subject to Ares and its affiliates meeting a specified ownership threshold), and (d) the holders of a majority in voting interest of our common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class (including the Aurora Entities and Ares); provided that in the case of a termination that adversely affects the rights of any particular securityholder party to the Securityholders Agreement, the written

103


Table of Contents


agreement of such securityholder is required before such termination will be deemed effective as to such securityholder.

Management Services Agreement

        The following is a summary description of the principal terms of the Amended and Restated Joint Management Services Agreement (which we refer to in this prospectus as the Management Services Agreement) dated as of April 12, 2004, among us, Aurora Management Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to in this prospectus as AMP, and ACOF Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, which we refer to in this prospectus as ACOF. AMP is an affiliate of Aurora Capital Group and ACOF is an affiliate of Ares. This summary description does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the definitive Management Services Agreement, a copy of which has been or will be filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        Services.    Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, AMP and ACOF will provide us with consultation and advice in fields such as financial services, accounting, general business management, acquisitions, dispositions and banking.

        Fees and Expenses.    In return for such services, AMP and ACOF will receive a services fee in an aggregate amount equal to $1.25 million per annum, to be paid in advance semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each applicable year (each such date being the "payment date"). These fees will be divided between AMP and ACOF in accordance with the respective holdings of shares of our stock by Aurora and Ares on the payment date. During 2007, 2008, and 2009, we paid a service fee of $795,454 to AMP and a service fee of $454,546 to ACOF.

        In addition to the services fee, AMP and ACOF will be entitled to receive a transaction fee, to be divided between AMP and ACOF in accordance with their respective holdings of shares of our common stock on the date of the transaction, equal to 2.0% of the first $75.0 million of the aggregate of any acquisition or disposition consideration (including debt assumed by a purchaser and current assets retained by a seller) and 1.0% of the aggregate acquisition or disposition consideration (including debt assumed by a purchaser and current assets retained by a seller) in excess of $75.0 million, with respect to (i) any acquisition, (ii) any sale or disposition of any division of us, (iii) any sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, or (iv) any other sale of any of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business. During 2007, 2008, and 2009, we did not pay any transaction fees to AMP or ACOF.

        The Management Services Agreement requires us to reimburse AMP and ACOF for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations under the Management Services Agreement. During 2007, 2008 and 2009, pursuant to this provision we reimbursed (i) AMP $140,061, $117,524 and $140,908, respectively, and (ii) ACOF $0, $1,886 and $2,461, respectively.

        Indemnification.    The Management Services Agreement also provides that the Company will provide AMP, ACOF and their respective partners, members, officers, employees, agents and affiliates and the stockholders, partners, members, affiliates, directors, officers and employees of any of the foregoing with customary indemnification.

        Termination.    Unless earlier terminated for cause, the Management Services Agreement terminates automatically on the earlier to occur of (i) the sale of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (iii) the merger of the Company or sale in one or a series of related transactions of the outstanding capital stock of the Company after which the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Company immediately prior to such merger or stock sale do not, immediately after such merger or stock sale, hold a majority of the

104


Table of Contents


voting power of the surviving corporation or the Company, as the case may be, (iv) the closing date of an underwritten initial public offering of the shares of our common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC, or (v) April 12, 2014.

        Amendment and Restatement.    In order to continue to receive from AMP and ACOF the consultation and advisory services described above, following the consummation of this offering, we intend to amend and restate the Management Services Agreement. Pursuant to this amendment and restatement, we plan to extend the term for which AMP and ACOF will provide such services until the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering and such time as AMP and ACOF, together with their affiliates, collectively hold less than 5% of our outstanding common stock, while eliminating all other termination events. Additionally, we plan to eliminate the provision pursuant to which we are obligated to pay to AMP and ACOF a transaction fee in certain circumstances. In exchange, we will pay to AMP and ACOF an aggregate one-time fee of approximately $5.8 million upon the consummation of this offering, pro rata in accordance with their respective holdings. We also intend to modify the expense reimbursement provisions to include reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with SEC filings made with respect to our securities. Those of our directors employed by AMP or ACOF will not receive any additional compensation in connection with their provision of services under the Management Services Agreement.

Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock

        Concurrent with this offering, we will redeem the one share of Series B preferred stock and one share of Series C preferred stock that are currently outstanding and held by Aurora and Ares, respectively, each at a price of $            per share.

105


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Credit Facilities

        This summary highlights the principal terms of our senior credit facilities, as amended, which consist of a $60 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which we refer to in this prospectus as our revolving credit facility, entered into by Douglas LLC, Douglas Finance and Fisher, as borrowers and an $85 million senior secured term loan facility, which we refer to in this prospectus as our term loan facility, entered into by Douglas LLC, as borrower, each on May 21, 2007. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our revolving credit facility and term loan facility, copies of which have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Availability under Revolving Credit Facility

        The amount available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility is based on the calculation of a borrowing base, which is determined as a percentage of the accounts, inventory and cash of the borrowers, subject to certain exceptions, less certain reserves.

Additional Revolving Loan Commitments and Term Loans

        At our request, and subject to certain conditions, (a) the commitments to provide revolving loans under our revolving credit facility may be increased by an amount not to exceed $             million, less any increase in the term loans and (b) the commitments to provide term loans under our term loan facility may be increased by an amount not to exceed $             million less any increase in the revolving commitments. Concurrent with this offering, we may exercise the above described option and increase the term loan facility by $             million. The terms of the additional commitments will be identical to the terms of the existing revolving loans and term loans, as applicable, except that (x) we may agree to increase the interest rate for all revolving loans or term loans, as applicable in connection with the additional commitments and (y) (i) the additional term loans may have an interest rate of 0.50% more than the existing term loans after giving effect to any agreed increase in the interest rate on the existing term loans and (ii) the weighted average life to maturity of the additional term loans may be later (but no earlier) than the weighted average life to maturity of the existing term loans.

Interest and Fees

        The interest rates per annum applicable to loans under our senior credit facilities will be, at our option, the base rate or eurodollar rate plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin for loans under our revolving credit facility is subject to adjustment based on the average daily borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility measured based on the quarter preceding the relevant measurement date. In addition, we will be required to pay to the lenders under our revolving credit facility a commitment fee in respect of the unused commitments (which commitment fee is subject to adjustment based on the utilization rate of our revolving credit facility), letter of credit fees in respect of outstanding letters of credit, and certain other fees and we will be required to pay to the arranger and agents under our senior credit facilities certain fees.

Guarantees and Collateral

        Douglas Holdings, Douglas Holdings' existing and future domestic subsidiaries (other than Douglas LLC and, in the case of our revolving credit facility, Douglas Finance and Fisher), and, to the extent no adverse tax consequences result from such guarantee, foreign subsidiaries, jointly and severally guarantee our obligations under our senior credit facilities. Our obligations under our senior credit facilities and those of the guarantors under their guarantees thereof are secured by liens on substantially all of our and the other borrowers and the guarantors real and personal property.

106


Table of Contents

Prepayments

        Our revolving credit facility is required to be prepaid to the extent usage of the facility exceeds the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the borrowing base availability. If an event of default or liquidity event (defined as excess availability less than $6 million) occurs and is continuing, then, subject to certain limited cure rights, all proceeds of accounts receivable and other collateral will be applied to reduce obligations under our revolving credit facility. Our term loan facility is, in certain circumstances, required to be prepaid with excess cash flow, proceeds from certain asset sales and debt issuances and insurance and condemnation proceeds, subject to certain reinvestment rights. Voluntary prepayments of loans under our senior credit facilities and voluntary reductions in the unused commitments under our revolving credit facility are permitted in whole or in part, in minimum amounts and subject to certain other conditions.

Maturity

        After effecting the discharge of our senior notes, and unless terminated earlier, our revolving credit facility will mature on May 21, 2012. After effecting the discharge of our senior notes, our term loan will amortize in nominal amounts quarterly with the balance payable on May 21, 2013.

Covenants and Other Matters

        Our revolving credit facility includes a requirement that, subject to certain exceptions, capital expenditures not exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year and, during the occurrence of a liquidity event, a monthly minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test of 1.0:1.0. Compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio is subject to certain cure rights under our revolving credit facility. Both our senior credit facilities include certain negative covenants restricting our ability to, among other things and subject to certain exceptions: (a) prepay, redeem or purchase certain debt, pay dividends or repurchase stock or other equity interests; (b) incur liens and engage in sale-leaseback transactions; (c) make loans and other investments; (d) guarantee or incur additional debt; (e) amend or otherwise alter terms of certain debt and material agreements; (f) engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations; (g) sell assets; (h) enter into any agreement prohibiting the creation or assumption of liens on our assets or consensual encumbrances on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or transfer assets to us; (i) enter into certain transactions with shareholders and affiliates; and (j) alter the business we conduct. Our senior credit facilities also limit the activities of Douglas Holdings. Our senior credit facilities also contain certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including change of control and cross-defaults to other debt.

73/4% Senior Notes Due 2012

        We currently have $150 million in aggregate principal amount of our senior notes outstanding, which bear interest at a rate of 73/4% per annum and mature on January 15, 2012. We plan to use the proceeds from this offering together with            to redeem our senior notes, including the accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the associated redemption premium for a total of $             million. We also intend to amend our existing credit facility to permit the redemption of our senior notes. We intend to deliver a notice of redemption promptly following consummation of this offering in accordance with the terms of the indenture governing our senior notes and we anticipate that our senior notes will be redeemed on            , 2010 (30 days following consummation of this offering). Upon our deposit with the trustee of our senior notes of a sufficient amount to redeem our outstanding senior notes, including the accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the associated premium, the indenture governing our senior notes will cease to be of any further force or effect.

107


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        The following is a description of the material provisions of our capital stock and the other material terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect as of the consummation of this offering (such bylaws being referred to in this prospectus as our new bylaws and such certificate of incorporation being referred to as our new certificate of incorporation), and certain provisions of Delaware law. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws, copies of which have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Authorized Capital

        Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of            shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of which            shares will be issued and outstanding prior to the consummation of this offering, and            shares of preferred stock. The one share of Series B preferred stock and one share of Series C preferred stock that are currently outstanding will be redeemed concurrent with the consummation of this offering. Upon consummation of this offering,            shares of common stock will be reserved for issuance under our 2010 Stock Plan.

        As of            , 2010, there were            shares of common stock outstanding held by            stockholders of record.

Common Stock

        Voting.    Except as otherwise required by Delaware law, at every annual or special meeting of stockholders, every holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote per share. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors.

        Dividends Rights.    Subject to dividend preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared from time to time by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. See "Dividend Policy and Restrictions."

        Liquidation and Preemptive Rights.    In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares offered in this offering, when issued and paid for, will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

        Listing.    We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "            ."

        Transfer Agent and Registrar.    The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is            .

Preferred Stock

        Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue not more than an aggregate of            shares of preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. Our Board of Directors is authorized to establish, from time to time, the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock, and to fix the designation, powers, privileges, preferences, and relative participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each series of preferred stock, and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors also is able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.

108


Table of Contents

        In the future, our Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could harm the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock, or that could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other consequences, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and might harm the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Anti-takeover Effects of our New Certificate of Incorporation and New Bylaws

        Some provisions in our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer, or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might deem to be in his or her best interest. The existence of these provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions include:

        Election and Removal of Directors.    Our new certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our Board of Directors into three classes of the same or nearly the same number of directors, with staggered three-year terms. In addition, the holders of our outstanding shares of common stock will not be entitled to cumulative voting in connection with the election of our directors. Our directors will also not be subject to removal, except for cause and only by the vote of at least 662/3% of our outstanding shares of common stock, prior to the expiration of their term. These provisions on the removal of directors could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, control of us.

        Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders.    Our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting and may not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. All stockholder action must be properly brought before any stockholder meeting, which requires advance notice pursuant to the provisions of our new bylaws. In addition, special stockholder meetings may only be called by a majority of our Board of Directors. These provisions could have the effect of delaying stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities until a meeting is called. These provisions could also discourage a potential acquiror from making a tender offer for our common stock, because even if it were able to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting securities, a potential acquiror would only be able to take actions such as electing new directors or approving a business combination or merger at a duly called stockholders' meeting, and not by written consent.

        Authorized but Unissued Shares.    The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the NYSE. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans and could also be issued in order to deter or prevent an attempt to acquire us. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

        Super-Majority Voting.    Our new certificate of incorporation requires a super-majority vote of the holders of our outstanding voting stock to amend or repeal certain provisions of our new certificate of incorporation including provisions which would eliminate or modify the provisions described above, reduce or eliminate the number of authorized common or preferred shares and all indemnification provisions. Our new bylaws may also be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our Board of Directors.

109


Table of Contents

Delaware Takeover Statute

        We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person or entity became an interested stockholder. A "business combination" includes certain mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to various exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns, or within the past three years has owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. This provision could discourage mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts, including attempts that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for shares of our common stock.

Limitation of Directors' Liability and Indemnification

        The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors' fiduciary duties. Our new certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director, except for liability:

    for breach of duty of loyalty;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (unlawful dividends); or

    for transactions from which the director derived improper personal benefit.

        Our new bylaws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We will be also expressly authorized to carry directors' and officers' insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders.

        In addition to the indemnification to be provided by our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements, subject to certain exceptions, will require us to, among other things, indemnify these directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorney fees, witness fees and expenses, expenses of accountants and other advisors, and the premium, security for and other costs relating to any bond, arising out of that person's services as a director or officer of us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We also intend to obtain a policy of directors' and officers' insurance.

        There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

110


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after the restrictions lapse, or the possibility of such sales, could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

        Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have            shares of common stock outstanding. All of the shares of our common stock sold in the offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or future registration under the Securities Act with the exception of shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.

        Immediately after the consummation of this offering,            shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold into the public market only if the sale is registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which exemptions are summarized below. These restricted securities are also subject to the lock-up agreements described below until 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-up Agreements

        In connection with this offering, certain of our officers, directors, employees and stockholders, who together hold an aggregate of approximately            % of the outstanding shares of our common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and in specific circumstances, up to an additional            days, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. For additional information, see "Underwriting."

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations (which are summarized below). Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

        In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately after the consummation of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

    the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

    the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

111


Table of Contents

        Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then-outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after the consummation of this offering; and

    the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Any of our employees, officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares.

Stock Plans

        We plan on filing a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under our 2004 Stock Plan, and shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Stock Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the consummation of this offering. However, no resale of these registered shares by anyone subject to a lock-up agreement shall occur until after the 180-day lock-up period.

Registration Rights

        All securityholders who are parties to the Securityholders Agreement are entitled to certain "piggy-back" registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock in connection with the registration of Douglas Holdings equity securities at any time following the consummation of this offering. In addition, at any time after six months following consummation of this offering, any securityholder that is a holder of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock shall be entitled to demand the registration of its shares, subject to customary restrictions. Douglas Holdings will bear all expenses incident to any such registrations, including the fees and expenses of a single counsel retained by the selling stockholders; however, each selling stockholder will be responsible for the underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes in connection with shares sold by such stockholder. Each selling stockholder and the underwriters through whom shares are sold on behalf of a selling stockholder will be entitled to customary indemnification from Douglas Holdings against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

112


Table of Contents


MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

        The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, as of the date hereof. This summary deals only with shares of our common stock that are held as capital assets (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not discuss any state, local or foreign tax consequences and does not discuss all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock by prospective investors in light of their particular circumstances. In particular, except to the extent discussed below, this summary does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to certain types of investors subject to special treatment under United States federal income tax laws, such as:

    dealers in securities or currencies, brokers, financial institutions, "controlled foreign corporations", "passive foreign investment companies", regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, retirement plans, United States expatriates, tax-exempt entities, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings or insurance companies;

    U.S. Holders of shares of our common stock whose "functional currency" is not the U.S. dollar;

    persons holding shares of our common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, constructive sale, or conversion transaction or a straddle;

    entities that are treated as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes; or

    persons liable for alternative minimum tax consequences.

        The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), applicable United States Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.

        If a partnership holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding shares of our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor as to the particular United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you.

        If you are considering the purchase of shares of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences to you and any consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction. Each prospective investor should seek advice based on its particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

        For purposes of this summary, a "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of a share of our common stock that is:

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

    a trust if (1) it is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust,

113


Table of Contents

      or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Consequences to U.S. Holders

        The following is a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to a U.S. Holder of shares of our common stock.

Dividend Distributions

        If we make a distribution in respect of our stock, the distribution will be treated as a dividend to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits. If the distribution exceeds current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital reducing the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the U.S. Holder's common stock to the extent of the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in that stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain. The Code provides for special treatment of dividends paid to individual taxpayers prior to 2011. If a U.S. Holder is an individual, dividends received by such holder generally will be subject to a reduced maximum tax rate of 15% through December 31, 2010, after which the rate applicable to dividends is scheduled to return to the tax rate generally applicable to ordinary income. The rate reduction will not apply to dividends received to the extent that the U.S. holder elects to treat dividends as "investment income," which may be offset by investment expense. Furthermore, the rate reduction also will not apply to dividends that are paid to a U.S. Holder unless certain holding period requirements are satisfied. If a U.S. Holder is a U.S. corporation, it will be able to claim the deduction allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations equal to a portion of any dividends received subject to generally applicable limitations on that deduction. In general, a dividend distribution to a corporate U.S. Holder may qualify for the 70% dividends received deduction if the U.S. Holder owns less than 20% of the voting power and value of our stock.

        U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the holding period requirements that must be satisfied in order to qualify the dividends-received deduction and the reduced maximum tax rate on dividends.

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Disposition of Stock

        A U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss on a sale or exchange of our common stock. The U.S. Holder's gain or loss will equal the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder and the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the stock. The amount realized by the U.S. Holder will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received for the stock. Gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or exchange of stock will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holder held the stock for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers are taxed at lower rates than those applicable to ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        When required, we or our paying agent will report to the holders of shares of our common stock and the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") amounts paid on or with respect to our common stock during each calendar year and the amount of tax, if any, withheld from such payments. A U.S. Holder will be subject to backup withholding on dividends paid on our common stock and proceeds from the sale of our common stock at the applicable rate (which is currently 28%) if the U.S. Holder (a) fails to provide us or our paying agent with a correct taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status (such as certification of corporate status), (b) has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholdings as a result of the failure to properly report payments of interest or dividends or,

114


Table of Contents


(c) in certain circumstances, has failed to certify under penalty of perjury that it is not subject to backup withholding. A U.S. Holder may be eligible for an exemption from backup withholding by providing a properly completed IRS Form W-9 to us or our paying agent. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will generally be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. Holder's United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is properly furnished to the IRS on a timely basis.

Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

        The following is a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to a Non-U.S. Holder of shares of our common stock (as defined below). The term "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. Holder.

Dividend Distributions

        Any dividends paid with respect to the shares of our common stock will generally be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States and, where an applicable tax treaty so provides, are attributable to such Non-U.S. Holder's permanent establishment in the United States, are not subject to the withholding tax, but instead are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates. Certain certification and disclosure requirements must be complied with in order for effectively connected income to be exempt from withholding. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        A Non-U.S. Holder of shares of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate is required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, the holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for such refund or credit with the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS").

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Disposition of Stock

        Any gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder upon the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

    that gain is effectively connected with such Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment);

    the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

    we are or have been a "United States real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the period that such Non-U.S. Holder held shares of our common stock and either (a) our common stock was not regularly traded on an established securities market at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs, or (b) the Non-U.S. Holder owns or owned (actually or constructively) more than five percent of the total fair market value of shares of our common stock at any time during the five-year period preceding the date of

115


Table of Contents

      disposition. We are not, and do not anticipate that we will become, a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes.

        An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to United States federal income tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates or such lower rate. An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will generally be subject to a flat 30% United States federal income tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty between the United States and its country of residence, any such gain will be subject to United States federal income tax in the manner specified by the treaty and generally will only be subject to such tax if such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States and the Non-U.S. Holder claims the benefit of the treaty by properly submitting an IRS Form W-8BEN (or suitable successor or substitute form). A Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation and is described in the first bullet point above will be subject to tax on gain under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates and, in addition, may be subject to a branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower rate if so specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        We must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends or other distributions we pay to you on shares of our common stock and the amount of tax we withhold on these distributions. Copies of the information returns reporting such distributions and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on dividends and certain other types of payments to United States persons. A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to backup withholding tax on dividends the holder receives on shares of our common stock if the holder provides proper certification (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) of the holder's status as a non-United States person or other exempt status.

        Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells shares of our common stock through a United States broker or the United States office of a foreign broker, the broker will be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to the Non-U.S. Holder to the IRS and also backup withhold on that amount unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides appropriate certification (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) to the broker of the holder's status as a non-United States person or other exempt status.

        Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will generally be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder's United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is properly furnished to the IRS on a timely basis.

116


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated            , 2010, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of our common stock:

Underwriter
  Number
of Shares

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc

   

Piper Jaffray & Co. 

   

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

   
     
 

Total

   
     

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of our common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or this offering may be terminated.

        We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to            additional shares from us and an aggregate of            additional outstanding shares from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of our common stock.

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of our common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $            per share. After the initial public offering the underwriters may change the public offering price and concession.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

 
  Per Share   Total  
 
  Without
Over-
allotment
  With
Over-
allotment
  Without
Over-
allotment
  With
Over-
allotment
 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us

  $     $     $     $    

Expenses payable by us

  $     $     $     $    

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling stockholders

  $     $     $     $    

Expenses payable by the selling stockholders

  $     $     $     $    

        The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of our common stock being offered.

        We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to in this prospectus as the SEC, a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior

117


Table of Contents


written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to limited exceptions. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.

        Our officers, directors, the selling stockholders and certain other holders of our common stock have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to limited exceptions. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.

        The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to            shares of our common stock for employees, directors and other persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing our common stock in this offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

        Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC acted as sole bookrunner and sole lead arranger, and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, acts as administrative agent, and acts as a lender under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, regarding the $60 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility of Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC acted as sole bookrunner and sole lead arranger, and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, acts as collateral agent, and an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC acts as a lender, administrative agent, syndication agent and documentation agent under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, regarding the $85 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility of Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C.

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        We will apply to list the shares of common stock on the NYSE.

118


Table of Contents

        In connection with the listing of our common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters will undertake to sell round lots of 100 shares or more to a minimum of            beneficial owners.

        Prior to the consummation of this offering, there will have been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us and the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include the following:

    the information included in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;

    market conditions for initial public offerings;

    the history of and prospectus for our business and our past and present operations;

    our past and present earnings and current financial position;

    an assessment of our management;

    the market of securities of companies in business similar to ours; and

    the general condition of the securities markets.

        In connection with this offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

    Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

    Syndicate covering transactions involve the purchases of our common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

    Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when our common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

    In passive market making, market makers in our common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

119


Table of Contents

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

120


Table of Contents


NOTICE TO CANADIAN RESIDENTS

Resale Restrictions

        The distribution of the shares of our common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of shares of our common stock are made. Any resale of the shares of our common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the shares of our common stock

Representations of Purchasers

        By purchasing shares of our common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

    the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the shares of our common stock without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws,

    where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent,

    the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions, and

    the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of the shares of our common stock to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.

        Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.

Rights of Action—Ontario Purchasers Only

        Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares of our common stock, for rescission against us and the selling stockholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares of our common stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares of our common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling stockholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares of our common stock were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling stockholders, will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling stockholders, will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares of our common stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

121


Table of Contents

Enforcement of Legal Rights

        All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling stockholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

        Canadian purchasers of shares of our common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares of our common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares of our common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, Los Angeles, California. Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP regularly serves as counsel to Aurora Capital Group and its affiliates and is also representing Aurora Capital Group as a selling stockholder in connection with this offering. The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Los Angeles, California.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our capital stock. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. With respect to the statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement or any other document, in each instance, the statement is qualified in all respects by the complete text of the agreement or document, a copy of which has been filed or will be filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, upon the consummation of this offering, we will file annually, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

122


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Audited Financial Statements:

   
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2
 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007

  F-3
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

  F-4
 

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Stock and Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

  F-5
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

  F-6
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:

   
 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008

  F-36
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

  F-37
 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008

  F-38
 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-39

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable stock and stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        As discussed in Notes 12 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been retrospectively adjusted for the adoption of the guidance originally issued in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (codified in FASB ASC Topic 715 Compensation—Retirement Benefits), effective December 31, 2006, and the guidance originally issued in Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (codified in FASB ASC Topic 740 Income Taxes), effective January 1, 2007.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
January 29, 2010

F-2


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2008 and 2007

(in thousands except share data)

 
  2008   2007  

Assets

             

Current assets:

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 53,552   $ 35,519  
 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $622 and $541 at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

    28,588     27,487  
 

Inventories

    28,802     17,086  
 

Deferred income taxes

    3,133     5,728  
 

Income taxes receivable

        4,279  
 

Prepaid and other current assets

    1,339     1,392  
           
 

Total current assets

    115,414     91,491  

Property, plant, and equipment, net

   
24,261
   
25,812
 

Goodwill

    107,222     107,222  

Other intangible assets, net

    139,111     145,271  

Deferred financing costs, net

    4,520     5,344  

Other long-term assets

    736     509  
           

Total assets

  $ 391,264   $ 375,649  
           

Liabilities, redeemable stock and stockholders' equity

             

Current liabilities:

             
 

Accounts payable

  $ 4,952   $ 4,617  
 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    11,432     8,169  
 

Accrued interest

    5,369     5,377  
 

Accrued income taxes payable

    1,255      
 

Current portion of long-term debt

    850     850  
           

Total current liabilities

    23,858     19,013  

Retiree health benefit obligation

   
6,820
   
6,891
 

Pension obligation

    10,362     3,995  

Deferred income taxes

    16,142     17,266  

Deferred compensation

    1,644     1,689  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    232,663     233,513  

Other long-term liabilities

    1,714     1,338  

Redeemable Preferred Stock—Series A, par value $0.01, 65,000 shares authorized no shares outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007

   
   
 

Redeemable Preferred Stock—Series B, par value $0.01, 1 share issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007

    1     1  

Redeemable Preferred Stock—Series C, par value $0.01, 1 share issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007

    1     1  

Stockholders' equity:

             

Common Stock, par value $0.01, 1,000,000 shares authorized 608,595 and 615,521 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007 respectively

    6     6  

Additional paid-in capital

    60,516     62,291  

Retained earnings

    43,212     31,855  

Stockholders' notes receivable

    (1,116 )   (1,742 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    (4,559 )   (468 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    98,059     91,942  
           

Total liabilities, redeemable stock and stockholders' equity

  $ 391,264   $ 375,649  
           

F-3


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Years Ended December 31,

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 
  2008   2007   2006  

Net sales

  $ 180,108   $ 140,065   $ 145,779  

Cost of sales

    117,911     97,249     100,547  
               

Gross profit

    62,197     42,816     45,232  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    26,561     22,180     24,773  
               

Income from operations

    35,636     20,636     20,459  

Interest expense, net

   
(17,299

)
 
(19,622

)
 
(20,095

)

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        (2,733 )    

Other (expense) income, net

    (73 )   (87 )   276  
               

Income (loss) before taxes

    18,264     (1,806 )   640  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    6,793     (749 )   443  
               

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,471   $ (1,057 ) $ 197  
               

Preferential distribution to Series A Redeemable Preferred stockholders and preferred deferred units holders

            (412 )
               

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

  $ 11,471   $ (1,057 ) $ (215 )
               

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

                   
 

Basic

    615,236     609,220     602,276  
 

Diluted

    630,429     609,220     602,276  

Earnings (loss) per share:

                   
 

Basic

  $ 18.64   $ (1.74 ) $ (0.36 )
 

Diluted

  $ 18.20   $ (1.74 ) $ (0.36 )

F-4


Table of Contents

Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Stock and Stockholders' Equity
(in thousands except share data)

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Redeemable Securities    
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Series A
Redeemable
Preferred Stock
   
  Series B
Redeemable
Preferred
  Series C
Redeemable
Preferred
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
  Common Stock    
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
   
   
 
 
  Redeemable
Equity
Awards
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Stockholders'
Notes
Receivable
   
  Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
 
  Shares   Dollars   Shares   Dollars   Shares   Dollars   Shares   Dollars   Total  

Balance at January 1, 2006

    11,286   $ 13,385   $ 164     1   $ 1     1   $ 1     598,800   $ 6   $ 60,618   $ 33,678   $   $ (411 ) $ 93,891      
 

Net income

                                            197             197     197  
 

Minimum pension liability, net of tax of $78

                                                    133     133     133  
 

Accretion of Dividends

        406     6                                 (412 )           (412 )    
 

Redemption of Series A redeemable preferred stock and deferred preferred units

    (11,286 )   (13,791 )   (170 )                                                  
 

Common stock option exercises and issuance of notes receivable, including interest

                                7,846         785         (801 )       (16 )    
 

Adoption of pension and postretirement accounting, net of tax of $44

                                                    (74 )   (74 )    
                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2006

                1     1     1     1     606,646     6     61,403     33,463     (801 )   (352 )   93,719   $ 330  
                                                                                           
 

Net loss

                                            (1,057 )           (1,057 )   (1,057 )
 

Adjustment to initially apply Accounting for Uncertainty in Income taxes

                                            (551 )           (551 )    
 

Adjustment for pension and postretirement benefit liability, net of tax of $68

                                                    (116 )   (116 )   (116 )
 

Common stock option exercises and issuance of stockholder's notes receivable, including interest

                                8,875         888         (941 )       (53 )    
                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2007

                1     1     1     1     615,521     6     62,291     31,855     (1,742 )   (468 )   91,942   $ (1,173 )
                                                                                           
 

Net income

                                            11,471             11,471     11,471  
 

Adjustment for pension and postretirement benefit liability, net of tax of $1,913

                                                    (2,449 )   (2,449 )   (2,449 )
 

Change in pension measurement date, net of tax of $964

                                            (114 )       (1,642 )   (1,756 )    
 

Interest on stockholders' notes receivable

                                                (77 )       (77 )    
 

Stock repurchases and retirement

                                (6,926 )       (1,775 )       703         (1,072 )    
                                                               

Balance at December 31, 2008

      $   $     1   $ 1     1   $ 1     608,595   $ 6   $ 60,516   $ 43,212   $ (1,116 ) $ (4,559 ) $ 98,059   $ 9,022  
                                                               

F-5


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31,

(in thousands)

 
  2008   2007   2006  

Operating activities

                   

Net income (loss)

  $ 11,471   $ (1,057 ) $ 197  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
 

Depreciation and amortization

    10,810     10,796     10,450  
 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    1,138     1,339     1,638  
 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        2,733      
 

Provision (recovery) for losses on accounts receivable

    81     (41 )   214  
 

Deferred income taxes

    3,946     3,511     4,430  
 

Loss on sale of equipment

    14     25     36  

Interest earned on notes receivable from stockholders

    (48 )   (53 )   (16 )
 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   
   

Accounts receivable

    (1,182 )   (7,318 )   6,641  
   

Inventories

    (11,716 )   10,200     (9,771 )
   

Prepaid, other assets, and income tax receivable

    4,105     (57 )   10  
   

Accounts payable

    335     539     (209 )
   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    4,510     324     (9,686 )
   

Deferred compensation

    (45 )   (149 )   (578 )
   

Benefit obligations and other long-term liabilities

    (8 )   (752 )   1,407  
               

Net cash provided by operating activities

    23,411     20,040     4,763  

Investing activities

                   

Acquisition of business, net of cash

            (52 )

Capital expenditures

    (3,160 )   (1,049 )   (3,449 )

Proceeds from sale of equipment

    47     4     30  
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (3,113 )   (1,045 )   (3,471 )

Financing activities

                   

Stock repurchases

    (1,101 )        

Series A preferred stock redemption

            (13,791 )

Deferred preferred units redemption

            (170 )

Payments of deferred financing costs

    (314 )   (2,672 )    

Borrowings on long-term debt

        85,000      

Payment of long-term debt

    (850 )   (78,245 )   (11,792 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (2,265 )   4,083     (25,753 )
               

Increase (decrease) in cash

    18,033     23,078     (24,461 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    35,519     12,441     36,902  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 53,552   $ 35,519   $ 12,441  
               

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

                   
 

Income tax (received) paid, net

  $ 2,832   $ (4,259 ) $ 1,584  
 

Interest paid

    16,730     18,455     18,776  
 

Issuance of notes receivable to stockholders upon the exercise of stock options

        888     785  

F-6


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

1. Description of business and basis of presentation

        Douglas Dynamics, Inc., is the North American leader in the design, manufacture and sale of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, which is comprised of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, and related parts and accessories. The Company's snow and ice control products are sold through a network of over 720 truck equipment distributors that purchase directly from the Company located throughout the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as all provinces of Canada). The Company sells its products under the WESTERN®, FISHER®, and BLIZZARD® brands. The Company is headquartered in Milwaukee, WI and currently has manufacturing facilities in Milwaukee, WI, Rockland, ME, and Johnson City, TN; however, the Company plans to close its Johnson City, TN facility in mid-2010. The Company operates as a single segment.

        The December 31, 2008 consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations have been modified pursuant to the issuance of Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") ASC 810. On July 1, 2009, the Company adopted FASB ASC 105-10, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162 ("ASC 105-10"). This pronouncement established the FASB ASC as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied in preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and its direct wholly-owned subsidiary, Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., and its indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, Douglas Dynamics Finance Company (an inactive subsidiary) and Fisher, LLC (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Company"). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

        The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

F-7


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

        The Company carries its accounts receivable at their face amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts. The majority of the Company's accounts receivable are due from distributors of truck equipment. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer's financial condition. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its accounts receivable and establishes the allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of specific customer circumstances and credit conditions based on a history of write-offs and collections. A receivable is considered past due if payments have not been received within agreed upon invoice terms. Accounts receivable are written off after all collection efforts have been exhausted. The Company takes a security interest in the inventory as collateral for the receivable but often does not have a priority security interest.

Accounts receivable securitization

        The Company is party to an accounts receivable securitization facility pursuant to which certain distributors may elect to finance their purchases from the Company through a third party financing company. The Company records a sale at the time inventory is sold to the distributor. The Company retains the risk of collectability of the receivable under the facility due to the fact that if the third party financing company is unable to collect from the distributor the amounts due in respect of the product financing, the Company would be obligated to repurchase any remaining inventory related to the product financing and reimburse any legal fees incurred by the financing company. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company sold $4,297, $3,260 and $4,289 of receivables through its securitization facility, respectively. The amount outstanding under this arrangement at December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $2,653 and $3,375, respectively. There were no uncollectible amounts related to receivables sold or any required repurchases of inventory during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

        In the past, minimal losses have been incurred under this agreement and a minimal reserve for future losses has been recorded. However, an adverse change in distributor retail sales could cause this situation to change and thereby require the Company to repurchase repossessed units. These units are inspected to ensure they are current, unused product and are restocked and resold.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Inventory costs are primarily determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.

Property, plant and equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives for financial statement purposes

F-8


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


and an accelerated method for income tax reporting purposes. The estimated useful lives of the assets are as follows:

 
  Years  

Land improvements and buildings

    15-40  

Machinery and equipment

    3-20  

Furniture and fixtures

    3-12  

Mobile equipment and other

    3-10  

        Depreciation expense was $4,650, $4,632 and $4,284 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively.

        Expenditures for renewals and improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations when incurred. Repairs and maintenance expenses amounted to $2,610, $2,307 and $2,900 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 respectively. When assets are sold or retired, the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is recognized in the results of operations.

Impairment of long-lived assets

        Long-lived assets are reviewed for potential impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying value of such assets to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the carrying value of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment provision is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair value of the asset, less costs of disposition. Management of the Company considers such factors as current results, trends and future prospects, current market value, and other economic and regulatory factors in performing these analyses. The Company determined that no long-lived assets were impaired as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Goodwill and other intangible assets

        Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter, or sooner if impairment indicators arise. The fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets is estimated based upon discounted future cash flow projections. In reviewing goodwill for impairment, potential impairment is identified by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. The fair value of the reporting unit is estimated by applying valuation multiples or estimating future discounted cash flows. The selection of multiples is dependent upon assumptions regarding future levels of operating performance as well as business trends, prospects and market and economic conditions. In addition, where applicable, an appropriate discount rate is used, based on the Company's cost of capital or location-specific economic factors. When the fair value is less than the carrying value of the net assets of the reporting unit, including goodwill, an impairment loss may be

F-9


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


recognized. The Company has determined that goodwill and indefinite lived assets were not impaired as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

        Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives and also reviewed at least annually for impairment or as events or circumstances arise. The Company amortizes its distribution network intangible over periods ranging from 15 to 20 years, tradenames over 7 to 10 years, patents over 7 to 20 years, and noncompete agreements over 5 years.

Income taxes

        Deferred income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates. Deferred income tax provisions or benefits are based on the change in the deferred tax assets and liabilities from period to period. Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in ASC 740-10 (formerly referred to as FASB Interpretation 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes), which provides a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure in financial statements of uncertain income tax positions a company has taken or expects to take on an income tax return. Deferred income tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized. Additionally, when applicable, the Company would classify interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

Deferred financing costs

        The costs of obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related financing on a basis that approximates the effective interest method. The changes in deferred financing costs are as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2006

  $ 8,382  
 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    (1,638 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2006

    6,744  
 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    (1,339 )
 

Refinancing of debt

    2,672  
 

Write-off of deferred financing costs

    (2,733 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2007

    5,344  
 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    (1,138 )
 

Debt amendment

    314  
       

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 4,520  
       

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded the write-off of deferred financing costs as a loss on extinguishment of debt, in the consolidated statements of operations. During the year

F-10


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


ended December 31, 2008, the Company capitalized deferred financing costs paid to the bank with respect to an amendment to the credit facilities, as it was not considered a significant modification.

Fair values of financial instruments

        The Company's financial instruments consist of cash, trade receivables, trade accounts payable, and long-term debt. The Company's estimate of fair value of all these financial instruments approximates their carrying amounts at December 31, 2008, except for long term debt. The fair value of the Company's long term debt as of December 31, 2008 was approximately $157,135, which is based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities.

Fair value measurements

        The company adopted the guidance originally issued in the FASB statement FAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (codified in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820-10 Fair Value measurements and Disclosures) ("ASC 820-10") on January 1, 2008. ASC 820-10, among other things, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring basis or nonrecurring basis. ASC 820-10 clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the pronouncement establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: (Level 1) observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; (Level 2) inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and (Level 3) unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

        Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on the market approach, which is prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company did not have any financial instruments accounted for at fair value.

Concentration of credit risk

        The Company's cash is deposited with multiple financial institutions. At times, deposits in these institutions exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes that it is not exposed to any significant risk on these balances.

        No distributor represented more than 10% of the Company's net sales or accounts receivable during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.

F-11


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Revenue recognition

        The Company recognizes revenues upon shipment to the customer which is when all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) the price is fixed or determinable; (iii) collectability is reasonably assured; and (iv) delivery has occurred. Net sales include freight out as well as reductions for returns and allowances, and sales discounts.

Cost of sales

        Cost of sales includes all costs associated with the manufacture of the Company's products, including raw materials, purchased parts, freight, plant operating expenses, property insurance and taxes, and plant depreciation. All payroll costs and employee benefits for the hourly workforce, manufacturing management, and engineering costs are included in cost of sales.

Warranty cost recognition

        The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs as revenue is recognized. See footnote 9 for further details.

Advertising expenses

        Advertising expenses include costs for the production of marketing media, literature, CD-ROM, and displays. The Company participates in trade shows and advertises in the yellow pages and billboards. Advertising expenses amounted to $3,028, $2,219 and $3,283 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company also provides its distributors with pre-approved, cooperative advertising programs, which are recorded as advertising expense in selling, general and administrative expense. All costs associated with the Company's advertising programs are expensed as incurred.

Shipping and handling costs

        Generally shipping and handling costs are paid directly by the customer to the shipping agent. Those shipping and handling costs billed by the Company are recorded as a component of sales with the corresponding costs included in cost of sales.

Share-based payments

        On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the guidance originally issued in the FASB statement FAS 123(R) Share Based Payments (codified in ASC 718—Compensation-Stock Compensation). This standard requires the measurement of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award at the grant date and recognition of the compensation expense over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period). Because the Company used the minimum-value method to measure compensation cost for employee stock options under this previous guidance, it was required to use the prospective method of adoption for this standard. Under the prospective method,

F-12


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


the Company continues to account for non-vested awards outstanding at the date of adoption using the same method as prior to adoption for financial statement recognition purposes. All awards granted, modified, or settled after the date of adoption are accounted for using the measurement, recognition, and attribution provisions of this standard.

Comprehensive income (loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity (net assets) of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner resources and is comprised of net income or loss and "other comprehensive income (loss)". The Company's other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised exclusively of the adjustments for pension and postretirement benefit liabilities.

Segment Reporting

        The Company operates in and reports as a single operating segment, which is the manufacture and sale of snow and ice control products. Net sales are generated through the sale of snow and ice control products and accessories to distributors. The Company manages and evaluates its operations as one segment primarily due to similarities in the nature of the products, production processes and methods of distribution. All of the Company's identifiable assets are located in the United States. The Company's sales outside North America are not material, representing less than 1% of net sales.

        The Company's product offerings primarily consist of snow and ice control products and accessories. Equipment and parts and accessories are each a similar class of products based on similar customer usage.

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Equipment

  $ 151,450   $ 122,091   $ 131,474  

Parts and accessories

    28,658     17,974     14,305  
               

  $ 180,108   $ 140,065   $ 145,779  
               

New accounting pronouncements

        Effective July 1, 2009, the Company adopted FASB Topic ASC 105-10, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—Overall ("ASC 105-10"). ASC 105-10 establishes the FASB ASC as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The Company has updated GAAP referencing for this report. The FASB Codification has been reflected in the financial reporting of the Company.

        On December 30, 2008, the FASB originally issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1 Employer's Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Assets (codified in ASC Topic 715-20, Defined Benefit Plans ("ASC-715-20")) related to employers' disclosures regarding postretirement benefit plan assets. This statement provides

F-13


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


additional guidance on employers' disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. ASC 715-20 is effective for periods ending after December 15, 2009, on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        Effective June 30, 2009, the Company adopted FASB ASC Topic 855-10, Subsequent EventsOverall ("ASC 855-10"). ASC 855-10 establishes standards for the accounting for and the disclosing of subsequent events. ASC 855-10 introduces new terminology, defines a date through which management must evaluate subsequent events, and lists the circumstances under which an entity must recognize and disclose events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date.

        In 2006 the FASB originally issued guidance under Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ("SFAS No. 109") (codified in ASC Topic 740-10 ("740-10")). ASC 740-10 clarifies the accounting treatment (recognition and measurement) for an income tax position taken in a tax return and recognized in a company's financial statements. The new standard also contains guidance on "derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition." ASC 740-10 applies to all tax positions for income taxes accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109. ASC 740-10 requires that uncertain tax positions be reviewed and assessed, with recognition and measurement of the tax benefit based on a "more likely than not" standard. The Company adopted the provisions of ASC 740-10 on January 1, 2007. See Note 10—"Income Taxes" for further discussion of the impact of the application and adoption of this standard.

        In September 2006, FASB originally issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This standard, codified in FASB Topic 820 (ASC "820"), clarifies the principle that fair value should be based on the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing an asset or liability. Additionally, it establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop those assumptions. This standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company adopted ASC 820 on January 1, 2008. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations.

        In September 2006, FASB originally issued SFAS No. 158, Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 123R (codified in ASC Topic 715 ("ASC 715")). ASC 715 requires employers that sponsor defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans to recognize previously unrecognized actuarial losses and prior service costs in the statement of financial position and to recognize future changes in these amounts in the year in which changes occur through comprehensive income (loss). Additionally, employers are required to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year end statement of financial position. On December 31, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 158 by recognizing the funded status of its defined benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans in the consolidated balance sheet (see Note 12). SFAS No. 158 also requires the measurement date for plan assets and benefit obligations to coincide with the Company's year-end. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company changed the measurement date for plan assets and benefit obligations from September 30 to December 31 (see Note 12.)

F-14


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In December 2007, the FASB originally issued SFAS No. 141R, Business Combinations (codified in ASC Topic 805 ("ASC 805")), which establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. ASC 805 provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. ASC 805 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is not permitted. ASC 805 is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the first reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this standard is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In April 2008, the FASB originally issued FSP No. FASB 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (FSP No. FAS No. 142-3) (codified in FASB ASC Topic 350-Intangible-Goodwill and Other). FSP No. FASB 142-3 prospectively amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. The intent of the position is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FSP No. FASB 142-3 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FSP No. FASB 142-3. The Company is required to adopt this pronouncement on January 1, 2009. The Company does not believe the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

3. Related-Party Transactions

        The Company is party to a Joint Management Services Agreement (the "Management Services Agreement") with affiliates of its principal stockholders. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, certain of these affiliates provide us with consultation and advice in fields such as financial services, accounting, general business management, acquisitions, dispositions and banking. In return for such services, we pay an annual services fee of $1,250 per annum, plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

        During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recognized management fees and related expense of $1,369, $1,400 and $1,379 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition, because fees under this agreement are payable in semi-annual installments on May 1 and November 1 of each year, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company's balance sheet included a prepayment of management fees of $417.

F-15


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

4. Inventories

        Inventories consist of the following:

 
  December 31  
 
  2008   2007  

Finished goods and work-in-process

  $ 26,278   $ 15,567  

Raw material and supplies

    2,524     1,519  
           

  $ 28,802   $ 17,086  
           

5. Property, plant and equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are summarized as follows:

 
  December 31  
 
  2008   2007  

Land

  $ 1,000   $ 1,000  

Land improvements

    2,218     2,218  

Buildings

    11,998     11,889  

Machinery and equipment

    20,461     19,726  

Furniture and fixtures

    5,988     5,492  

Mobile equipment and other

    798     632  

Construction-in-process

    1,650     435  
           

    44,113     41,392  

Less accumulated depreciation

    (19,852 )   (15,580 )
           

  $ 24,261   $ 25,812  
           

F-16


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

6. Other Intangible Assets

        The following is a summary of the Company's other intangible assets:

 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Less
Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
 

December 31, 2008:

                   
 

Indefinite-lived intangibles:

                   
   

Trademark and tradenames

  $ 60,000   $   $ 60,000  

Amortizable intangibles:

                   
 

Dealer network

    80,000     19,000     61,000  
 

Customer relations

    2,000     422     1,578  
 

Patents

    15,077     2,424     12,653  
 

Noncompete agreements

    4,820     3,060     1,760  
 

Trademark—Blizzard

    3,100     980     2,120  
 

License

    17     17      
               

Amortizable intangibles, net

    105,014     25,903     79,111  
               

Total

  $ 165,014   $ 25,903   $ 139,111  
               

 

 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Less
Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
 

December 31, 2007:

                   
 

Indefinite-lived intangibles:

                   
   

Trademark and tradenames

  $ 60,000   $   $ 60,000  

Amortizable intangibles:

                   
 

Dealer network

    80,000     15,000     65,000  
 

Customer relations

    2,000     289     1,711  
 

Patents

    15,077     1,665     13,412  
 

Noncompete agreements

    4,820     2,100     2,720  
 

Trademark—Blizzard

    3,100     672     2,428  
 

License

    17     17      
               

Amortizable intangibles, net

    105,014     19,743     85,271  
               

Total

  $ 165,014   $ 19,743   $ 145,271  
               

F-17


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

6. Other Intangible Assets (Continued)

        Amortization expense for intangible assets was $6,160, $6,164 and $6,166 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

2009

  $ 6,161  

2010

    6,001  

2011

    5,201  

2012

    5,201  

2013

    5,201  

        The weighted average remaining life for intangible assets is 14.9 years.

7. Long-Term Debt

        Long-term debt is summarized below:

 
  December 31  
 
  2008   2007  

Term notes

  $ 83,513   $ 84,363  

Senior notes

    150,000     150,000  
           

Total long-term debt

    233,513     234,363  

Less current maturities

    850     850  
           

  $ 232,663   $ 233,513  
           

        The scheduled maturities on long-term debt at December 31, 2008, are as follows:

2009

  $ 850  

2010

    850  

2011

    81,813  

2012

    150,000  
       

  $ 233,513  
       

        On May 21, 2007, the Company consummated $145 million senior credit facilities consisting of an $85 million term loan facility and a $60 million revolving credit facility with a group of banks. The senior credit facilities, which replaced the Company's previous term loan and revolver, have a maturity date of the earlier of (a) 180 days prior to the January 15, 2012 scheduled maturity of the Company's outstanding Senior Notes or (b) May 2013, for the term loan facility and May 2012, for the revolving credit facility. Interest rates are determined based, at our option, at the base rate, plus a margin or LIBOR plus a margin. Under the revolving credit facility, the margin for base rate loans is either 0.25% or 0.50% and the margin for LIBOR loans is either 1.25% or 1.50%, in each case determined based on our leverage ratio from time to time. Under the term loan facility, the margin for base rate loans is 1.25% and the margin for LIBOR loans is 2.25%. The average interest rate for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was 7.1% and 7.7%, respectively. In addition to refinancing our previous credit facility, the senior credit facilities are used to pay dividends, make acquisitions and for other

F-18


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

7. Long-Term Debt (Continued)


general corporate purposes. As a result of the refinancing, the Company wrote-off $2,733 of deferred financing costs associated with the previous credit facility, which is recorded as loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007. The Company also capitalized deferred financing costs of $2,672 associated with the new credit facilities. The term loan facility is payable in equal quarterly installments of $212.5 with the balance payable on the maturity date.

        At December 31, 2008 there was $60,000 of credit available pursuant to the terms of the revolving credit facility.

        Both of the Company's senior credit facilities include certain negative and operating covenants, including restrictions on its ability to pay dividends, and other customary covenants, representations and warranties and events of default. The senior credit facilities entered into by the Company's subsidiaries significantly restrict its subsidiaries from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to Douglas Dynamics, Inc. The terms of the Company's revolving credit facility specifically restrict subsidiaries from paying dividends if a minimum availability under the revolving credit facility is not maintained, and both senior credit facilities restrict subsidiaries from paying dividends above certain levels or at all if an event of default has occurred. In addition, the Company's revolving credit facility includes a requirement that, subject to certain exceptions, capital expenditures not exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year and, during the occurrence of a liquidity event, that the Company must comply with a monthly minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test of 1.0:1.0. Compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio test is subject to certain cure rights under the Company's revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with the respective covenants. The senior credit facilities are collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company.

        The previous credit facility provided for borrowings up to $145,000, including a $50,000 term note, a tack-on term note of $40,000 and a revolving credit facility of up to $55,000. Interest on borrowings was at the Prime Rate plus an applicable margin, or at the Company's option, Eurodollar Rate plus 1.75% on the term loan and plus 2.75% on the revolving credit facility.

        As of December 31, 2008, the Company had no letters of credit outstanding. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had letters of credit outstanding of $10, which reduces the borrowings available under the revolving credit facility.

        In December 2008, the Company amended the senior credit facilities to permit the purchase of loans from any lender in the open market within the provisions of the senior credit facilities.

        In accordance with the senior credit facilities, the Company is required to make additional principal prepayments over the above scheduled payments under certain conditions. This includes, in the case of the term loan facility, 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, certain insurance or condemnation events, certain debt issuances, and, within 150 days of the end of the fiscal year, 50% of excess cash flow, as defined, including with a deduction for allowed distributions (which percentage is reduced to 25% or 0% upon the achievement of certain leverage ratio thresholds), for any fiscal year. Excess cash flow is defined in the senior credit facilities as consolidated adjusted EBITDA plus a working capital adjustment less the sum of repayments of debt, capital expenditures

F-19


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

7. Long-Term Debt (Continued)


subject to certain adjustments, interest and taxes paid in cash, management fees and certain restricted payments (including dividends or distributions). Working capital adjustment is defined in the senior credit facilities as the change in working capital, defined as current assets excluding cash and cash equivalents less current liabilities excluding current portion of long term debt. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company was not required to make an excess cash flow payment.

        The Company has $150,000 of 7.75% senior notes (the "Senior Notes") due January 15, 2012. The Senior Notes are redeemable at any time on or after January 15, 2009, at the Company's option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days notice to each holder of the Senior Notes. Should the Company repurchase all of the Senior Notes, the redemption prices for the purchase of the Senior Notes would equal 103.875%, 101.938%, and 100.000%, if redeemed during the twelve month period commencing January 15, 2009, 2010, 2011 and thereafter, respectively. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semiannually.

        The indenture for the Senior Notes contains certain covenants that restrict the Company's ability to borrow money, pay dividends on or repurchase capital stock, make investments and sell assets or enter into mergers or consolidations. At December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the indenture governing the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are unsecured and unconditionally guaranteed by Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and all of the domestic subsidiaries of the Company.

8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

        Accrued expenses and other current liabilities are summarized as follows:

 
  December 31  
 
  2008   2007  

Payroll and related costs

  $ 4,035   $ 2,102  

Employee benefits

    2,195     2,151  

Accrued warranty

    2,272     1,593  

Other

    2,930     2,323  
           

  $ 11,432   $ 8,169  
           

9. Warranty Liability

        The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs as sales are recognized and periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability and adjusts the amount as necessary. The Company's warranties generally provide, with respect to its snow and ice control equipment, that all material and workmanship will be free from defect for a period of two years after the date of purchase by the end-user, and with respect to its parts and accessories purchased separately, that such parts and accessories will be free from defect for a period of one year after the date of purchase by the end-user. Certain snowplows only provide for a one year warranty. The Company accrues for warranty expense when revenue is recognized. The Company determines the amount of the estimated warranty costs (and its corresponding warranty reserve) based on the Company's prior five years of warranty history

F-20


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

9. Warranty Liability (Continued)


utilizing a formula driven by historical warranty expense and applying management's judgment. The company adjusts its historical warranty costs to take into account unique factors such as the introduction of new products into the marketplace that do not provide a historical warranty record to access. The warranty reserve is included with Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities.

        The following is a rollforward of the Company's warranty liability:

 
  December 31  
 
  2008   2007  

Balance at the beginning of the year

  $ 1,593   $ 1,535  

Warranty provision

    2,523     1,871  

Claims paid/settlements

    (1,844 )   (1,813 )
           

Balance at the end of the year

  $ 2,272   $ 1,593  
           

10. Income Taxes

        The provision for income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following

 
  Year ended December 31  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Current:

                   
 

Federal

  $ 2,642   $ (4,396 ) $ (4,022 )
 

State

    205     136     90  
               

    2,847     (4,260 )   (3,932 )

Deferred:

                   
 

Federal

    3,449     3,538     4,325  
 

State

    497     (27 )   50  
               

    3,946     3,511     4,375  
               

  $ 6,793   $ (749 ) $ 443  
               

        A reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are as follows:

 
  2008   2007   2006  

Federal income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate

  $ 6,392   $ (632 ) $ 218  

State income taxes, net of federal benefit and valuation allowance increases

    464     (47 )   39  

Increase in uncertain tax positions, net

    149     178      

Research and development credit

    (40 )   (63 )   (76 )

Provision to return adjustments

    (26 )   (65 )   126  

Other

    (146 )   (120 )   136  
               

  $ 6,793   $ (749 ) $ 443  
               

F-21


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2008   2007  

Deferred tax assets:

             
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 234   $ 203  
 

Inventory reserves

    728     711  
 

Warranty liability

    854     599  
 

Deferred compensation

    264     264  
 

Pension and retiree health benefit obligations

    5,768     2,997  
 

Accrued vacation

    431     412  
 

Medical claims reserve

    199     206  
 

State net operating losses

    2,025     1,669  
 

Valuation allowance for state net operating losses

    (1,695 )   (1,096 )
 

Other accrued liabilities

    896     805  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    9,704     6,770  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             
 

Tax deductible goodwill

    (12,825 )   (10,554 )
 

Other intangibles

    (8,215 )   (5,980 )
 

Accelerated depreciation

    (1,402 )   (1,371 )
 

Prepaid insurance

    (101 )   (180 )
 

Deferred stock units

    (170 )   (223 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (22,713 )   (18,308 )
           

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (13,009 ) $ (11,538 )
           

        Deferred income tax balances reflect the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their tax basis and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered.

        State operating loss carry forwards for tax purposes were $40,104 at December 31, 2008 and result in tax benefits of approximately $2,025. These loss carry-forwards will expire beginning in 2026. The Company evaluated the need to maintain a valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets. Based on this evaluation, which included a review of recent profitability and future projections of profitability, the Company concluded that a valuation allowance of approximately $1,695 is necessary at December 31, 2008 for the state net operating loss carry-forwards which are likely to expire prior to the Company's ability to use the tax benefit.

        On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted accounting guidance originally issued under Financial Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (codified in ASC 740 Income Taxes). This interpretation prescribes the minimum recognition threshold which a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. This pronouncement also provides guidance on the measurement, classification and derecognition of tax positions. As a result of the adoption of

F-22


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

10. Income Taxes (Continued)


this pronouncement, the Company recognized an increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $985, an increase in other assets of $434 and a reduction of the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings of $551.

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending liability for uncertain tax positions is as follows:

 
  2008   2007  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 1,238   $ 985  

Increases for tax positions taken in the current year

    305     195  

Increases for tax positions taken in prior years

    70     58  
           

Balance at the end of year

  $ 1,613   $ 1,238  
           

        The amount of the unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized, was approximately $878 and $729 at December 31, 2008 and 2007 respectively. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Approximately $456 and $324 of accrued interest and penalties is reported as an income tax liability at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits is reported in Other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Company recognized $107 and $77 of expenses related to interest and penalties in income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. No interest or penalties were recognized prior to the adoption of FIN 48.

11. Deferred Compensation

        The Company has a long-term incentive compensation plan covering certain key management employees. Under the terms of the plan, the participants earn (lose) additional compensation based upon a percentage of the Company's cash flow from operations reduced by capital expenditures under a predetermined formula. In addition, participants' account balances under the plan increase or decrease on an annual basis based upon the Company's cash flow from operations reduced by capital expenditures under a predetermined formula. Amounts credited to participant accounts under the plan are nonforfeitable unless a participant is terminated for cause or voluntarily terminates his or her employment with the Company. In either of these events, the terminated participant will forfeit any positive amounts allocated to his or her account for the two years preceding the year of termination.

        Compensation earned under the plan is deferred until such time as the participant has an account balance of more than two times his or her base compensation, at which point 20% of the balance is paid to the participant in cash in lump sum. Participants are paid their vested account balances under the plan upon separation from the Company as follows:

 
  Payment Method
Death, long-term disability, or normal retirement   Lump sum

Balance of less than $75,000

 

Lump sum

Balance greater than $75,000

 

5 equal annual installments

F-23


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

11. Deferred Compensation (Continued)

        With respect to account balances paid in installments, participants earn interest each year on the unpaid balance at the one-year U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the beginning of the year.

        Activity for the plan is as follows:

 
  December 31  
 
  2008   2007  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 1,855   $ 2,070  
 

Participant earnings according to the terms of the plan

    98     17  
 

Payments to current and former participants

    (162 )   (232 )
           

Balance at end of year

    1,791     1,855  
 

Less current portion

    (147 )   (166 )
           

  $ 1,644   $ 1,689  
           

12. Employee Retirement Plans

Pension benefits

        The Company provides noncontributory defined benefit pension plans for most employees. Plans covering salaried employees generally provide pension benefits that are based on the employee's average earnings and credited service. Plans covering hourly employees generally provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service. The Company's funding policy for the plans is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirement of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus any additional amounts that the Company may determine to be appropriate.

F-24


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

12. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)


The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the fair value of plan assets, funded status of plans, and amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:

 
  December 31  
 
  2008   2007  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

             
 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 22,672   $ 21,349  
 

Service cost

    1,159     942  
 

Interest cost

    1,667     1,250  
 

Actuarial gain

    (1,490 )   (24 )
 

Benefits paid

    (998 )   (699 )
 

Curtailment

        (146 )
           

Benefit obligation at end of year

    23,010     22,672  

Change in plan assets:

             
 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

    18,677     16,222  
 

Actual return on plan assets

    (6,232 )   1,175  
 

Employer contributions through December 31

    1,201     1,979  
 

Benefits paid

    (998 )   (699 )
           

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

    12,648     18,677  
           

Funded Status: accrued pension liability

  $ (10,362 ) $ (3,995 )
           

        The components of net periodic pension cost consisted of the following for the years ended December 31,

 
  2008   2007   2006  

Component of net periodic pension cost:

                   

Service cost

  $ 1,159   $ 942   $ 1,213  

Interest cost

    1,667     1,250     1,185  

Expected return on plan assets

    (1,914 )   (1,005 )   (919 )

Amortization of net loss

        6     112  
               

Net periodic pension cost

  $ 912   $ 1,193   $ 1,591  
               

        The accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, was $21,801 and $19,987, respectively.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company used October 1 as its measurement date to compute its pension liability. In accordance with its adoption of ASC 715-20, the Company changed its

F-25


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

12. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)


measurement date to December 31 for the year ended December 31, 2008. Assumptions used in determining net periodic pension cost for the plans consisted of the following:

 
  Year ended December 31  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Discount rates

    6.00 %   6.00 %*   6.00 %*

Rates of increase in compensation levels:

                   
 

Salaried

    3.50     4.50     4.50  
 

Hourly

    N/A     N/A     N/A  

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

    8.00     8.00     6.00  

*
Rate listed is that used to compute: (i) the benefit obligation at October 1 and (ii) the net periodic pension cost (interest component) for the following year.

        To determine the long-term rate of return assumption for plan assets, the Company studies historical markets and preserves the long-term historical relationships between equities and fixed-income securities consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. The Company evaluates current market factors such as inflation and interest rates before it determines long-term capital market assumptions and reviews peer data and historical returns to check for reasonableness and appropriateness. The discount rate is based on the Citigroup Pension Liability Index or Moody's.

        The expected benefit payments under the pension plans are as follows:

2009

  $ 860  

2010

    910  

2011

    1,020  

2012

    1,040  

2013

    1,120  

2014-2018

    6,440  

        The Company made required minimum pension funding contributions of $1,201 to the pension plans in 2008 and currently expects to make $1,353 required minimum pension funding contributions in 2009.

        The Company maintains target allocation percentages among various asset classes based on an investment policy established for the pension plans, which is designed to achieve long-term objectives of return, while mitigating downside risk and considering expected cash flows. The current weighted-average target asset allocations are reflective of actual investments at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The investment policy is reviewed periodically in order to achieve overall objectives in light of current circumstances.

F-26


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

12. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)

        The Company's weighted-average asset allocation for the qualified pension plans by asset category is as follows:

 
  December 31  
 
  2008   2007  

Asset category:

             
 

Equity securities

    58 %   59 %
 

Debt securities

    33     33  
 

Other

    9     8  
           

Total

    100 %   100 %
           

Postretirement benefits

        The Company provides postretirement healthcare benefits for certain employee groups. The postretirement healthcare plans are contributory and contain certain other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance. The plans are unfunded. Employees do not vest until they retire from active employment with the Company and have at least twelve years of service. These benefits can be amended or terminated at anytime and are subject to the same ongoing changes as our healthcare benefits for employees with respect to deductible, co-insurance and participant contributions.

        Effective January 1, 2004, the postretirement healthcare benefits were extended to all active employees of the Company as of December 31, 2003. The period of coverage was reduced and the retiree contribution percentage was increased in order to keep the cost of the plan equivalent to the previous plan design.

        Maximum coverage under the plan is limited to ten years. All benefits terminate upon the death of the retiree. Employees who began working for the Company after December 31, 2003, are not eligible for postretirement healthcare benefits.

F-27


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

12. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)

        The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the projected benefit obligation for the Company consisted of the following:

 
  December 31  
 
  2008   2007  

Change in projected benefit obligation:

             
 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

  $ 7,221   $ 6,981  
 

Service cost

    331     363  
 

Interest cost

    423     367  
 

Participant contributions

    77     70  
 

Curtailment

        (351 )
 

Changes in actuarial assumptions

    (357 )   217  
 

Benefits paid

    (540 )   (426 )
           

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

  $ 7,155   $ 7,221  
           

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consisted of:

             
 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $ 335   $ 330  
 

Retiree health benefit obligation

    6,820     6,891  
           

  $ 7,155   $ 7,221  
           

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded a curtailment gain related to a reduction in the workforce of $351, which is included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.

        The assumed discount and healthcare cost trend rates are summarized as follows:

 
  December 31  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Discount rate

    6.00 %   6.00 %   5.75 %

Immediate healthcare cost trend rate

    8.50     9.00     9.50  

Ultimate healthcare cost trend rate

    5.00     5.00     5.00  

Assumed annual reduction in trend rate

    0.50     0.50     0.50  

Participation

    80.00     80.00     80.00  

        A one percentage point change in the healthcare cost trend rate would have the following effect at December 31, 2008:

 
  1%
Increase
  1%
Decrease
 

Effect on total service and interest cost

  $ 108   $ (91 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

    876     (746 )

F-28


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

12. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)

Adoption of Pension and Postretirement Accounting

        As discussed in Note 2, the Company adopted the guidance originally issued under FAS No. 158 (codified under ASC 715-20) to measure the funded status of the plan as of its year end December 31, 2008. Upon adoption of this requirement, the Company recorded a reduction to retained earnings of $114 net of tax of $68 and an increase to accumulated other comprehensive loss of $1,642, net of tax of $964.

        At December 31, 2006, the Company adopted accounting requirements as it related to recognizing the funded status of its defined-benefit pension and postretirement benefit plans in its consolidated balance sheet. Funded status is defined as the difference between the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. Upon adoption, the Company recorded an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) representing the recognition of previously unrecorded pension and postretirement healthcare liabilities related to net unrecognized actuarial gains (losses) and the Company's historical accounting policy for recognizing such amounts.

        The incremental effects of adopting the provisions on the Company's consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006 are presented in the following table. The adoption of the provisions had no effect on the Company's consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006, or for any prior period presented, and it will not affect the Company's operating results in future periods.

        The table below summarizes the effect of the adoption.

 
  At December 31, 2006  
 
  Prior to
adopting
  Effect of
adopting
  As
reported
 

Prepaid and other current assets

  $ 1,588   $ (26 ) $ 1,562  

Deferred tax asset

    4,779     44     4,823  

Retiree health benefit obligation

    (7,727 )   1,145     (6,582 )

Pension obligation

    (3,862 )   (1,239 )   (5,101 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (278 )   (74 )   (352 )

        Amounts included in other comprehensive loss, net of tax, at December 31, 2008, which have not yet been recognized in net periodic pension cost, were net actuarial gain (loss) of $(5,141) and $582 for the pension plans and postretirement healthcare benefits, respectively. The estimated actuarial gain (loss) for the defined benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net period pension cost during 2009 are $(327) and $46 for the pension plans and postretirement healthcare benefits, respectively.

Defined contribution plan

        The Company has a defined contribution plan, which qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code that provides substantially all employees an opportunity to accumulate personal funds for their retirement. Contributions are made on a before-tax basis to these plans.

F-29


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

12. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)

        As determined by the provisions of the plan, the Company matches a portion of the employees' basic voluntary contributions. The Company matching contributions to the plan were approximately $140, $138 and $166 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

13. Stock-Based Compensation

        In 2004, the Company adopted a stock option plan, the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2004 Stock Plan"). Under the 2004 Stock Plan, the Company may grant stock options exercisable for shares of the Company's common stock to members of the Board of Directors, officers and key employees. A total of 68,345 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Plan. Options vest ratably over five years and expire 10 years from the date of grant.

        The following table summarizes information with respect to the Company's stock option activity under the 2004 Stock Plan for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

 
  2008   2007   2006  
 
  Options   Weighted
average
exercise price
  Options   Weighted
average
exercise price
  Options   Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Outstanding—beginning of year

    44,585   $ 100.00     51,962   $ 100.00     64,696   $ 100.00  

Granted

            5,000     100.00         100.00  

Canceled

    (6,330 )       (3,502 )       (4,888 )    

Exercised

            (8,875 )   100.00     (7,846 )   100.00  
                           

Outstanding—end of year

    38,255   $ 100.00     44,585     100.00     51,962   $ 100.00  
                           

Exercisable—end of year

    27,775   $ 100.00     26,828   $ 100.00     16,882   $ 100.00  
                           

        As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of all outstanding options was 5.8, 6.8 and 7.5 years, respectively. As of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of all exercisable options was 5.5, 6.5 and 7.4 years, respectively.

        The aggregate intrinsic value of the options at December 31, 2008 was $7,489 and $5,404 for options outstanding and exercisable, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2007 and 2006 was $1,737 and $1,536 respectively. There were no options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        For purposes of computing compensation costs of stock options granted, the fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the minimal value method for grants prior to January 1, 2006 and the Black Scholes method for grants after January 1, 2006.

F-30


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

13. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        During 2007, the Company granted 5,000 stock options with a fair value of $19.31 per option. The Company used the following assumptions in determining the fair value of the options:

Risk free rate of return

    3.25%  

Volatility

    54.7%  

Expected Term

    3 years  

Dividend Yield

    n/a  

        Stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was not material. There was no stock based compensation recorded for the year ended December 31, 2006.

        As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company has stockholders' notes receivable with recourse of $1,010 and $1,672, respectively, related to the exercise of options, which are included as a component of stockholders' equity and fully offset by the related proceeds from exercise. The stockholders' notes receivable are payable in 2014 and bear interest of 5%.

14. Earnings Per Share

        Basic earnings per share of common stock are computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share of common stock are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and common stock equivalents related to the assumed exercise of stock options, using the treasury stock method. Stock options for which the exercise price exceeds the average fair value have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share and are excluded from the calculation. There were no shares excluded from diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2008. 44,585 and 51,962 shares were excluded from diluted earnings per share as the shares would be anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, as the Company incurred a net loss for those years.

        The following weighted average shares were used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006:

 
  December 31  
 
  2008   2007   2006  

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

    615,236     609,220     602,276  

Incremental shares applicable to common stock options

    15,193          
               

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    630,429     609,220     602,276  
               

        The deferred common stock units are convertible to common stock upon (i) the earlier of the qualified initial public offering date of the Company's common stock or the expiration of the lock-up agreement entered into in connection with the qualified initial public offering or (ii) a change of control. The impact of the conversion of the deferred common stock units is excluded from diluted earnings per share calculations for all years presented, as this contingent event did not occur by the end of the respective reporting periods. The number of shares of common stock that would be issued

F-31


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

14. Earnings Per Share (Continued)


upon the expiration of the lock-up agreement entered into in connection with a qualified initial public offering or change in control is 7,340 shares.

15. Commitments and Contingencies

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company is engaged in various litigation including product liability and intellectual property disputes. However, the Company does not believe that any pending litigation will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position. In addition, the Company is not currently a party to any environmental-related claims or legal matters.

16. Redeemable stock and stockholders' equity

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        The authorized capital stock of the Company includes 100,000 shares of preferred stock, of which 65,000 shares have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock ("Series A"). All shares of Series A have been redeemed and therefore no shares of Series A were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The par value of Series A is $0.01 per share.

        The Series A is non-voting except as required by Delaware law, and Series A stockholders do not have the right to elect any members of the Company's Board of Directors. The Series A ranks senior to the Series B and C preferred stock and common stock related to dividend rights and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Dividends accrue on the Series A at a rate of 10% per annum on the stated value of the Series A plus 10% of the aggregate of all annual dividends that a holder of Series A will have become entitled to receive but which has not been declared and paid by the Company. The Company accretes dividends based on the terms of the Series A set forth in the Company's certificate of incorporation.

        The Series A is subject to redemption at any time, in whole or in part, at the option of the Board of Directors, which is controlled by the preferred stockholders and thus outside the control of the Company, at a redemption price per share equal to the Series A stated value of $1,000 per share plus all accrued but unpaid cumulative dividends thereon accruing from the date of issuance to the redemption date. On May 22, 2006, 11,286 shares were redeemed for cash of $13,791 of which $2,504 represented cumulative dividends. An additional $170 of cash was paid out to deferred preferred unitholders under the deferred stock plan, of which $32 represented cumulative dividends.

Series B Redeemable Preferred Stock

        One share of preferred stock has been designated as Series B Preferred Stock ("Series B"). Such share has been issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The par value of Series B is $0.01 per share.

        In addition to any voting rights to which the holders of the Series B may be entitled by law, so long as the Series B remains outstanding, the holder of the share, voting as a single series, are entitled to elect four directors to the Company's Board of Directors. The Series B ranks junior to the Series A, on parity with the Series C preferred stock and senior to the common stock as to dividend rights and

F-32


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

16. Redeemable stock and stockholders' equity (Continued)


distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The holder of Series B is not entitled to receive dividends. However, subject to certain exceptions, so long as any shares of Series B or Series C preferred stock are outstanding, the Company may not pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to its junior securities (including common stock). This dividend restriction may be waived by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B and Series C preferred stock, voting as a single class.

        The Series B is subject to mandatory redemption at any time the holder's ownership of both preferred stock and common stock falls below certain percentages. The fixed redemption price per share is $1,000 per share, which equals the initial amount paid for the share. At the time of any such redemption, any members of the Company's Board of Directors elected by the Series B shall cease to be members of the Board without further action of any kind by the Company or its stockholders.

Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock

        One share of preferred stock has been designated as Series C Preferred Stock ("Series C"). Such share has been issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The par value of Series C is $0.01 per share.

        In addition to any voting rights to which the holders of the Series C may be entitled by law, so long as the Series C remains outstanding, the holder of the share, voting as a single series, is entitled to elect two directors to the Company's Board of Directors. The Series C ranks junior to the Series A, on a parity with the Series B preferred stock and senior to the common stock as to dividend rights and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The holder of Series C is not entitled to receive dividends. However, subject to certain exceptions, so long as any shares of Series B or Series C preferred stock are outstanding, the Company may not pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to its junior securities (including common stock). This dividend restriction may be waived by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B and Series C preferred stock, voting as a single class.

        The Series C is subject to mandatory redemption at any time the holder's beneficial ownership of both preferred stock and common stock falls below certain percentages. The fixed redemption price per share is $1,000 per share, which equals the initial amount paid for the share. At the time of any such redemption, any members of the Company's Board of Directors elected by the Series C shall cease to be members of the Board without further action of any kind by the Company or its stockholders.

Common Stock

        The Company has 1,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, of which 608,595 and 615,521 were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The par value of the common stock is $0.01 per share.

        The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, common stockholders would be entitled to share ratably in the Company's assets and

F-33


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

16. Redeemable stock and stockholders' equity (Continued)


funds remaining after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock having preference over the Company's common stock, including Series A, B and C preferred stock.

Deferred Stock Plan

        The Company has also issued to certain key management deferred common stock units and deferred preferred stock units, in each case representing the right to receive less than 1% of its fully-diluted equity capitalization. These deferred units were issued in consideration for the cancellation of certain key management's accrued award balance in the Douglas Dynamics, LLC Long Term Incentive Plan. Deferred units were issued at a price equal to the fair value of the common stock at the date of issuance. Deferred units have all rights of common and preferred shareholders, excluding voting rights, and convert to common and preferred stock upon a change in control, or initial public offering of the Company's stock.

        On May 22, 2006, the Company repurchased all of its Series A and deferred preferred stock units. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007 there were no deferred preferred stock units outstanding.

        As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had 7,340 deferred common stock units outstanding. Upon a change in control or initial public offering, these units would convert to 7,340 shares of common stock.

Common Stock Repurchase

        During 2008, the Company repurchased common stock from stockholders for $1,775 which represented fair value. The Company paid $1,101, which is net of $674 of stockholders' notes receivable related to the repurchased common stock. These common shares were retired immediately upon repurchase.

F-34


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

(in thousands except share and per share data)

17. Valuation and qualifying accounts

        For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (dollars in thousands):

 
  Balance at
beginning
of year
  Additions
charged to
earnings
  Changes to
reserve, net
  Balance at
end of year
 

Year ended December 31, 2008

                         
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 541   $ 271   $ (190 ) $ 622  
 

Reserves for inventory valuation

    1,741     1,296     (1,301 )   1,736  
 

Valuation of deferred tax assets

    1,096     599         1,695  

Year ended December 31, 2007

                         
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 803   $ (56 ) $ (206 ) $ 541  
 

Reserves for inventory valuation

    1,768     582     (609 )   1,741  
 

Valuation of deferred tax assets

    665     431         1,096  

Year ended December 31, 2006

                         
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 855   $ 82   $ (134 ) $ 803  
 

Reserves for inventory valuation

    823     1,292     (347 )   1,768  
 

Valuation of deferred tax assets

        665         665  

18. Subsequent events

        The Company evaluated its financial statements for subsequent events through January 29, 2010, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The Company is not aware of any subsequent events which would require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements except as noted below.

        On January 23, 2009, the Company entered into securities repurchase agreements with certain members of management. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company repurchased at fair value and subsequently retired 1,374 shares of common stock and 3,763 stock options in exchange for aggregate consideration of $1,137, comprised of a cash payment of $1,000 and the satisfaction of the remaining principal amount of $137 on promissory notes held by the members of management. As a result of the repurchase of stock options, the Company recorded $738 of compensation expense in the first quarter of 2009 which represented the fair value of the repurchased options.

        On April 27, 2009, the Company announced a plan to close its Johnson City, TN manufacturing facility and move this production to its Milwaukee, WI and Rockland, ME facilities by mid 2010. The Company expects to realize significant annual cost savings and improved customer delivery performance as a result. Related to the facility close, the Company has recorded $690 for employee severance for the nine month period ended September 30, 2009.

F-35


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands except share data)

 
  September 30,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (audited)
 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 17,210   $ 53,552  
 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $745 and $622, September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively

    82,373     28,588  
 

Inventories

    26,853     28,802  
 

Deferred income taxes

    5,111     3,133  
 

Prepaid and other current assets

    1,399     1,339  
           
 

Total current assets

    132,946     115,414  

Property, plant, and equipment, net

    25,205     24,261  

Goodwill

    107,222     107,222  

Other intangible assets, net

    134,490     139,111  

Deferred financing costs, net

    3,667     4,520  

Other long term assets

    890     736  
           

Total assets

  $ 404,420   $ 391,264  
           

Liabilities, redeemable stock and stockholders' equity

             

Current liabilities:

             
 

Accounts payable

  $ 4,909   $ 4,952  
 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    12,848     11,432  
 

Accrued interest

    2,466     5,369  
 

Accrued income taxes payable

        1,255  
 

Short-term borrowings

    10,000      
 

Current portion of long-term debt

    850     850  
           

Total current liabilities

  $ 31,073   $ 23,858  

Retiree health benefit obligation

    6,987     6,820  

Pension obligation

    10,467     10,362  

Deferred income taxes

    19,466     16,142  

Deferred compensation

    1,831     1,644  

Long-term debt, less current portion

    232,025     232,663  

Other long-term liabilities

    2,075     1,714  

Redeemable Preferred Stock—Series A, par value $0.01, 65,000 shares authorized, no shares outstanding

   
   
 

Redeemable Preferred stock—Series B, par value $0.01, 1 share authorized, issued and outstanding

    1     1  

Redeemable Preferred stock—Series C, par value $0.01, 1 share authorized, issued and outstanding

    1     1  

Stockholders' equity:

             

Common stock 1,000,000 shares authorized, 607,195 and 608,595 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively

    6     6  

Stockholders' notes receivable

    (1,003 )   (1,116 )

Retained earnings

    45,940     43,212  

Additional paid-in capital

    60,110     60,516  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

    (4,559 )   (4,559 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    100,494     98,059  
           

Total liabilities, redeemable stock and stockholders' equity

  $ 404,420   $ 391,264  
           

F-36


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands except share and per share data)

 
  Nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2009   2008  

Net sales

  $ 125,206   $ 132,588  

Cost of sales

    87,523     89,084  
           

Gross profit

    37,683     43,504  

Selling, general and administrative expense

    21,130     20,368  
           

Income from operations

    16,553     23,136  

Interest expense, net

   
(11,756

)
 
(12,765

)

Other expense, net

    (105 )   (70 )
           

Income before taxes

    4,692     10,301  

Income tax expense

    1,964     3,926  
           

Net income

  $ 2,728   $ 6,375  
           

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:

             
 

Basic

    607,354     615,521  
 

Diluted

    621,052     630,714  

Earnings Per Share:

             
 

Basic

  $ 4.49   $ 10.36  
 

Diluted

  $ 4.39   $ 10.11  

F-37


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2009   2008  

Operating activities

             

Net income

  $ 2,728   $ 6,375  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

             
 

Depreciation and amortization

    8,498     8,335  
 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

    853     853  
 

Stock-based compensation

    738      
 

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

    116     (45 )
 

Deferred income taxes

    1,346     3,323  
 

Loss on sale of equipment

        3  
 

Interest earned on stockholders' notes receivable

    (31 )   (35 )
 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             
   

Accounts receivable

    (53,901 )   (48,377 )
   

Inventories

    1,949     (9,620 )
   

Prepaid and other assets

    (214 )   3,899  
   

Accounts payable

    (43 )   1,372  
   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    (2,742 )   318  
   

Deferred compensation

    187     184  
   

Benefit obligations and other long-term liabilities

    633     38  
           

Net cash used in operating activities

    (39,883 )   (33,377 )

Investing activities

             

Capital expenditures

    (4,821 )   (1,979 )

Proceeds from sale of equipment

        47  
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (4,821 )   (1,932 )

Financing activities

             

Stock repurchases

    (1,000 )   (101 )

Revolver borrowings, net of payments

    10,000     3,000  

Repayment of long-term debt

    (638 )   (638 )

Notes receivable from stockholders

             
           

Net cash provided by financing activities

    8,362     2,261  

Decrease in cash

   
(36,342

)
 
(33,048

)

Cash at beginning of period

    53,552     35,519  
           

Cash at end of period

  $ 17,210   $ 2,471  
           

F-38


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of business and basis of presentation

        Douglas Dynamics, Inc., is the North American leader in the design, manufacture and sale of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, which is comprised of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, and related parts and accessories. The Company's snow and ice control products are sold through a network of over 720 truck equipment distributors that purchase directly from the Company located throughout the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as all provinces of Canada). The Company sells its products under the WESTERN®, FISHER®, and BLIZZARD® brands. The Company is headquartered in Milwaukee, WI and currently has manufacturing facilities in Milwaukee, WI, Rockland, ME, and Johnson City, TN; however, the Company plans to close its Johnson City, TN facility in mid-2010. The Company operates as a single segment.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

        The accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2009 and the condensed consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 have been prepared by the Company and have not been audited. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows, have been made.

        Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, certain information and footnote disclosure normally included in consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted from the accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        On July 1, 2009, the Company adopted the guidance originally issued under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB"), The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162 (codified under Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC"). This pronouncement established the ASC as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied in preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's condensed consolidated financial statements.

        The Company's business is seasonal and consequently its results of operations and financial condition vary from quarter-to-quarter. In addition, because of this seasonality, the Company's results of operations for any quarter may not be indicative of results of operations that may be achieved for a subsequent quarter or the full year, and may not be similar to results of operations experienced in prior years. The Company attempts to manage the seasonal impact of snowfall on its revenues in part through its pre-season sales program. This pre-season sales program encourages the Company's distributors to re-stock their inventory during the second and third quarters in anticipation of the peak fourth quarter retail sales period by offering favorable pre-season pricing and payment deferral until the fourth quarter. As a result, the Company tends to generate its greatest volume of sales during the second and third quarters. By contrast, its revenue and operating results tend to be lowest during the first quarter as management believes the Company's end-users prefer to wait until the beginning of a

F-39


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

snow season to purchase new equipment and as the Company's distributors sell off inventory and wait for the pre-season sales incentive period to re-stock inventory. Fourth quarter sales vary from year-to-year as they are primarily driven by the level, timing and location of snowfall during the quarter. This is because most of the Company's fourth quarter sales and shipments consist of re-orders by distributors seeking to restock inventory to meet immediate customer needs caused by snowfall during the winter months.

Principles of consolidation

        The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and its direct wholly owned subsidiary, Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., and its indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, Douglas Dynamics Finance Company (an inactive subsidiary) and Fisher, LLC (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Company"). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Other Comprehensive Income

        Other comprehensive income includes the net income or loss of the Company plus the Company's adjustments for its defined benefit plans based on the measurement date as of the Company's year end. Other comprehensive income was the same as net income for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.

New accounting pronouncements

        In December 2007, the FASB originally issued SFAS No. 141R, Business Combinations (codified in ASC Topic 805 ("ASC 805")), which establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. ASC 805 provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. On January 1, 2009, the Company adopted this pronouncement, which will impact the accounting for any acquisitions after the date of adoption.

        On June 28, 2009, the Company adopted FASB ASC TOPIC 855-10, Subsequent Events—Overall ("ASC 855-10"). ASC 855-10 establishes standards for accounting for and the disclosure of subsequent events. ASC 855-10 introduces new terminology, defines a date through which management must evaluate subsequent events, and lists the circumstances under which an entity must recognize and disclose events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date. There was no impact on the Company's net earnings or financial position as a result of adopting this statement.

        In April 2008, the FASB originally issued FASB 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (codified in FASB ASC Topic 350—Intangibles—Goodwill and Other ("ASC 350")). ASC 350 prospectively amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. The intent of the position is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under current business combination accounting rules and other accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. These provisions were adopted as of January 1, 2009, and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

F-40


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        On December 30, 2008, the FASB originally issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1, Employer's Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Assets (codified in ASC Topic 715-20, Defined Benefit Plans ("ASC 715-20")) related to employers' disclosures regarding postretirement benefit plan assets. This statement provides additional guidance on employer's disclosures about plan assets held in an employer's defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. ASC 715-20 is effective for periods ending after December 15, 2009, on a prospective basis. The adoption of the standard is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Use of estimates

        The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

3. Fair Value

        On June 30, 2009, the Company adopted the interim disclosure requirements under the guidance originally issued in the FASB Statement No 159 The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liability (codified in ASC 825, Financial Instruments). The carrying values of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and short term borrowings approximated fair value as of September 30, 2009. The fair value of the Company's long-term debt, including current maturities, is estimated using discounted cash flows based on the Company's current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The carrying value and fair value of the long-term debt at September 30, 2009 were $233 million and $210 million, respectively. There was no impact on the Company's net earnings or financial position as a result of adopting this standard.

4. Inventories

        Inventories consist of the following:

 
  September 30,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 

Finished goods and work-in-process

  $ 23,935   $ 26,278  

Raw material and supplies

    2,918     2,524  
           

  $ 26,853   $ 28,802  
           

F-41


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Property, plant and equipment

        Property, plant and equipment are summarized as follows:

 
  September 30,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 

Land

  $ 1,000   $ 1,000  

Land improvements

    2,218     2,218  

Buildings

    12,245     11,998  

Machinery and equipment

    20,717     20,461  

Furniture and fixtures

    6,459     5,988  

Mobile equipment and other

    904     798  

Construction-in-process

    5,401     1,650  
           

Total property, plant and equipment

    48,944     44,113  

Less accumulated depreciation

    (23,739 )   (19,852 )
           

Net property, plant and equipment

  $ 25,205   $ 24,261  
           

6. Long-Term Debt

        Long-term debt is summarized below:

 
  September 30,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 

Term notes

  $ 82,875   $ 83,513  

Senior notes

    150,000     150,000  
           

Total long-term debt

    232,875     233,513  

Less current maturities

    850     850  
           

  $ 232,025   $ 232,663  
           

        In accordance with the Company's senior credit facilities, the Company is required to make an additional principal prepayment over the above scheduled payments under certain conditions. This includes, in the case of the term loan facility, 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, certain insurance or condemnation events, certain debt issuances, and 50% of excess cash flow, as defined (which percentage is reduced to 25% or 0% upon the achievement of certain leverage ratio thresholds), for any fiscal year after allowed distributions. As of September 30, 2009, the Company was not required to make an excess cash flow payment.

        Both the Company's senior credit facilities include certain negative and operating covenants, including restrictions on its ability to pay dividends, and other customary covenants, representations and warranties and events of default. In addition, the Company's revolving credit facility includes a requirement that, subject to certain exceptions, capital expenditures not exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year and, during the occurrence of a liquidity event, that the Company must comply with a monthly minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test of 1.0:1.0. Compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio test is subject to certain cure rights under the Company's revolving credit facility. At September 30, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the respective covenants. The credit facilities are collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company.

F-42


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

        Accrued expenses and other liabilities are summarized as follows:

 
  September 30,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 

Payroll and related costs

  $ 2,683   $ 4,035  

Employee benefits

    3,041     2,195  

Accrued warranty

    2,510     2,272  

Other

    4,614     2,930  
           

  $ 12,848   $ 11,432  
           

8. Warranty Liability

        The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs as sales are recognized and periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability and adjusts the amount as necessary. The Company's warranties generally provide, with respect to its snow and ice control equipment, that all material and workmanship will be free from defect for a period of two years after the date of purchase by the end-user, and with respect to its parts and accessories purchased separately, that such parts and accessories will be free from defect for a period of one year after the date of purchase by the end-user. Certain snowplows only provide for a one year warranty. The Company determines the amount of the estimated warranty costs (and its corresponding warranty reserve) based on the Company's prior five years of warranty history utilizing a formula driven by historical warranty expense and applying management's judgment. The company adjusts its historical warranty costs to take into account unique factors such as the introduction of new products into the marketplace that don't provide a historical warranty record to access. The warranty reserve is included with Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities.

        The following is a rollforward of the Company's warranty liability:

 
  September 30,
2009
  December 31,
2008
 

Balance at the beginning of the year

  $ 2,272   $ 1,593  

Warranty provision

    1,956     2,523  

Claims paid/settlements

    (1,718 )   (1,844 )
           

Balance at the end of the period

  $ 2,510   $ 2,272  
           

F-43


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Employee Retirement Plans

        The components of net periodic pension cost consisted of the following:

 
  Period ended September 30,  
 
  2009   2008  

Component of net periodic pension cost:

             
 

Service cost

  $ 615   $ 869  
 

Interest cost

    1,016     1,250  
 

Expected return on plan assets

    (738 )   (1,436 )
 

Amortization of net loss

    390      
           

Net periodic pension cost

  $ 1,283   $ 683  
           

        The Company estimates its total required minimum contributions to its pension plans in 2009 will be $1,353. As of September 30, 2009, the Company has made $1,179 of cash contributions to the pension plans versus $1,007 during the same period in 2008.

10. Stock Repurchases

        On January 23, 2009, the Company entered into securities repurchase agreements with certain members of management. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company repurchased at fair value and subsequently retired 1,374 shares of common stock and 3,763 stock options in exchange for aggregate consideration of $1,137, comprised of a cash payment of $1,000 and the satisfaction of the remaining principal amount of $137 on promissory notes held by the members of management. As a result of the repurchase of stock options, the Company recorded $738 of compensation expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, which represented the fair value of the repurchased options.

11. Earnings Per Share

        Basic earnings per share of common stock is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share of common stock is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common stock and common stock equivalents related to the assumed exercise of stock options, using the treasury stock method. Stock options for which the exercise price exceeds the average fair value have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share and are excluded from the calculation. There were no shares excluded for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        The following shares were used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share for the periods ended September 30,

 
  2009   2008  

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

    607,354     615,521  

Common stock options

    13,698     15,193  
           

Average diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    621,052     630,714  
           

        The deferred common stock units are convertible to common stock upon (i) the earlier of the qualified initial public offering date of the Company's stock or the expiration of the lock-up agreement entered into in connection with the qualified initial public offering or (ii) a change of control. The impact of the conversion of the deferred common stock units is excluded from diluted earnings per

F-44


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Earnings Per Share (Continued)


share calculations for all years presented, as this contingent event did not occur by the end of the respective reporting periods. The number of shares of common stock that would be issued upon the expiration of the lock-up agreement entered into in connection with a qualified initial public offering or a change of control is 7,340 shares.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company is engaged in various litigation including product liability and intellectual property disputes. However, the Company does not believe that any pending litigation will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position. In addition, the Company is not currently a party to any environmental-related claims or legal matters.

13. Restructuring

        On April 27, 2009, the Company announced a plan to close its Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility and move this production to its Milwaukee, Wisconsin and Rockland, Maine facilities by mid 2010. The Company expects to realize significant annual cost savings and improved customer delivery performance as a result. The closure will result in the elimination of approximately 100 positions in Johnson City and the addition of approximately 50 positions in Rockland and approximately 35 positions in Milwaukee.

        Related to the facility closure, the Company has recorded $690 for employee severance and $207 for other closure costs for the 9 month period ended September 30, 2009. The Company expects the total cost of this restructuring to be $2,288 consisting of employee termination costs of $824 and other costs of $1,464. The other costs consist principally of facility move preparation and equipment relocation costs. These costs are included in the "Selling, General and Administrative Expense" line in the Company's condensed consolidated statements of operations.

        The following represents a reconciliation of changes in the restructuring reserves related to this project through September 30, 2009.

 
  Employee
Termination
Costs
  Other Exit
Costs
  Total  

Accrued restructuring reserves as of December 31, 2008

  $   $   $  

Activity during nine months ended September 30, 2009:

                   
 

Charges to earnings

    690     207     897  
 

Payments

        (207 )   (207 )
               

Accrued restructuring reserves as of September 30, 2009

  $ 690       $ 690  
               

14. Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The largest item affecting deferred taxes is the difference between book and tax amortization of goodwill and other intangibles amortization. The Company does not have any significant permanent

F-45


Table of Contents


Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Income Taxes (Continued)


differences and estimates that the effective combined federal and state tax rate for 2009 will be approximately 37 percent.

15. Subsequent events

        The Company evaluated its financial statements for subsequent events through January 29, 2010, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

F-46


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Douglas Dynamics, Inc.


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

        The table below lists various expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we expect to incur in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All the expenses are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange ("SEC") registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") listing fee.

Type
  Amount  

SEC Registration Fee

  $ 10,695  

FINRA Filing Fee

    15,500  

NYSE Fee

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Printing and engraving expenses

    *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    *  

Miscellaneous expenses

    *  
       
 

Total

  $ *  

*
To be filed by amendment

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

        Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. The certificate of incorporation that we plan to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering (such certificate of incorporation being "our new certificate of incorporation") will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages to the extent permitted by Section 102 of the DGCL.

        Section 145 of the DGCL provides for the indemnification of officers, directors and other corporate agents in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify such persons under circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").

        The bylaws that we intend to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering (such bylaws being "our new bylaws") will provide for indemnification of our officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent and under the circumstances permitted under the DGCL.

        In addition to the indemnification to be provided by our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements, subject to certain exceptions, will require us to, among other things, indemnify these directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorney fees, witness fees and expenses, expenses of accountants and other advisors, and the premium, security for and other costs relating to any bond, arising out of that person's services as a director or officer of us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

II-1


Table of Contents

        The Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us, our directors and officers, and by us of the underwriters, for some liabilities arising under the Securities Act, and affords some rights of contribution with respect thereto.

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

        Since January             , 2007, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:

        The sales of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation.

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Exhibit
Number
  Title
  1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1**

 

Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect.

 

3.2**

 

Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect.

 

3.3**

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., to be in effect upon consummation of this offering.

 

3.4**

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect.

 

3.5**

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect.

 

3.6**

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., to be in effect upon consummation of this offering.

 

4.1**

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate.

 

4.2**

 

Indenture, dated as of December 16, 2004, among Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Douglas Finance Company, Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association.

 

4.3**

 

First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2005, among Fisher, LLC, Douglas, and U.S. Bank National Association.

 

4.4**

 

Form of Global Note for Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and Douglas Finance Company 73/4% senior notes due 2012.

 

4.5**

 

Form of Douglas Holdings, Inc. Guarantee for Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and Douglas Finance Company 73/4% senior notes due 2012.

 

5.1**

 

Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP.

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Title
  10.1**   Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, by and among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Fisher, LLC and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, the banks and financial institutions party thereto and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as administrative agent ($85 million senior secured term loan facility).

 

10.2**

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, by and among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Fisher, LLC and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, the banks and financial institutions party thereto and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as administrative agent ($60 million senior secured revolving credit facility).

 

10.3**

 

Employment Agreement between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated September 7, 2004.

 

10.4**

 

Employment Agreement between James L. Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated March 30, 2004.

 

10.5**

 

Employment Agreement between Mark Adamson and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated August 27, 2007.

 

10.6**

 

Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of December 22, 2008 by and between James Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

 

10.7**

 

Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of January 23, 2009 by and between James Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

 

10.8**

 

Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of December 22, 2008 by and between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

 

10.9**

 

Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of January 23, 2009 by and between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

 

10.10**

 

Douglas Dynamics, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10.11**

 

Form of Amended and Restated Management Incentive Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10.12**

 

Form of Amended and Restated Management Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10.13**

 

Form of Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10.14**

 

Amended and Restated Management Incentive Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan between Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and James L. Janik, dated March 31, 2004.

 

10.15**

 

Amended and Restated Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan between Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and James L. Janik, dated March 31, 2004.

 

10.16**

 

Form of Amended and Restated Deferred Stock Unit Agreement.

 

10.17**

 

Douglas Dynamics 2009 Annual Incentive Plan.

 

10.18**

 

Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Annual Incentive Plan 2009.

 

10.19**

 

Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Long Term Incentive Plan 2009.

 

10.20**

 

Douglas Dynamics, Inc. Liquidity Bonus Plan.

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Title
  10.21**   Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10.22**

 

Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement among Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and certain of its stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, dated June 30, 2004.

 

10.23**

 

First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement among Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and certain of its stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, dated December 27, 2004.

 

10.24**

 

Amended and Restated Joint Management Services Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2004, among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Aurora Management Partners LLC, and ACOF Management,  L.P.

 

10.25**

 

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.

 

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

 

23.1**

 

Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)

 

23.2*

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration Statement hereto).

*
Filed herewith

**
To be filed by amendment

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, Wisconsin, on January 29, 2010.


 

 

DOUGLAS DYNAMICS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JAMES L. JANIK

James L. Janik
President and Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints James L. Janik and Robert McCormick, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments, to this Registration Statement, and any registration statement relating to the offering covered by this Registration Statement and filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully so or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the following persons have signed this Registration Statement in the capacities and on the date indicated.

/s/ JAMES L. JANIK

James L. Janik
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   January 29, 2010

/s/ ROBERT MCCORMICK

Robert McCormick

 

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

 

January 29, 2010

/s/ ROBERT YOUNG

Robert Young

 

Controller

 

January 29, 2010

/s/ MARK ROSENBAUM

Mark Rosenbaum

 

Director

 

January 29, 2010

/s/ MICHAEL MARINO

Michael Marino

 

Director

 

January 29, 2010

/s/ JACK O. PEIFFER

Jack O. Peiffer

 

Director

 

January 29, 2010

/s/ MICHAEL W. WICKHAM

Michael W. Wickham

 

Director

 

January 29, 2010

/s/ NAV RAHEMTULLA

Nav Rahemtulla

 

Director

 

January 29, 2010

/s/ JEFFREY SEROTA

Jeffrey Serota

 

Director

 

January 29, 2010

II-5


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Title
  1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1**   Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.2**   Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.3**   Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., to be in effect upon consummation of this offering.
  3.4**   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.5**   First Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.6**   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., to be in effect upon consummation of this offering.
  4.1**   Form of Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2**   Indenture, dated as of December 16, 2004, among Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Douglas Finance Company, Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association.
  4.3**   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2005, among Fisher, LLC, Douglas, and U.S. Bank National Association.
  4.4**   Form of Global Note for Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and Douglas Finance Company 73/4% senior notes due 2012.
  4.5**   Form of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. Guarantee for Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and Douglas Finance Company 73/4% senior notes due 2012.
  5.1**   Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP.
  10.1**   Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, by and among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Fisher, LLC and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, the banks and financial institutions party thereto and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as administrative agent ($85 million senior secured term loan facility).
  10.2**   Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, by and among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Fisher, LLC and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, the banks and financial institutions party thereto and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as administrative agent ($60 million senior secured revolving credit facility).
  10.3**   Employment Agreement between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated September 7, 2004.
  10.4**   Employment Agreement between James L. Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated March 30, 2004.
  10.5**   Employment Agreement between Mark Adamson and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated August 27, 2007.
  10.6**   Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of December 22, 2008 by and between James Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
  10.7**   Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of January 23, 2009 by and between James Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc.

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Title
  10.8**   Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of December 22, 2008 by and between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
  10.9**   Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of January 23, 2009 by and between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
  10.10**   Douglas Dynamics, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.11**   Form of Amended and Restated Management Incentive Option Agreement. under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.12**   Form of Amended and Restated Management Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.13**   Form of Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.14**   Amended and Restated Management Incentive Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan between Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and James L. Janik, dated March 31, 2004.
  10.15**   Amended and Restated Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan between Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and James L. Janik, dated March 31, 2004.
  10.16**   Form of Amended and Restated Deferred Stock Unit Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.17**   Douglas Dynamics 2009 Annual Incentive Plan.
  10.18**   Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Annual Incentive Plan 2009.
  10.19**   Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Long Term Incentive Plan 2009.
  10.20**   Douglas Dynamics, Inc. Liquidity Bonus Plan.
  10.21**   Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan.
  10.22**   Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement among Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and certain of its stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, dated June 30, 2004.
  10.23**   First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement among Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and certain of its stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, dated December 27, 2004.
  10.24**   Amended and Restated Joint Management Services Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2004, among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Aurora Management Partners LLC, and ACOF Management,  L.P.
  10.25**   Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.
  21.1*   Subsidiaries of Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
  23.1**   Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
  23.2*   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration Statement hereto).

*
Filed herewith

**
To be filed by amendment

II-7